# HG changeset patch # User Emanuel Schuetze # Date 1411383731 -7200 # Node ID cf1fdb254c411372feba94cd77705448f767fb6e # Parent 3e4ac23938e1ae01fad6941059e91c6fefd69d88 Moved help pages from 'manuals' to 'doc/help'. Updated .hgignore. diff -r 3e4ac23938e1 -r cf1fdb254c41 .hgignore --- a/.hgignore Mon Sep 22 12:55:24 2014 +0200 +++ b/.hgignore Mon Sep 22 13:02:11 2014 +0200 @@ -1,6 +1,5 @@ -manuals/.venv -manuals/help-manual/_build -manuals/admin-manual/_build +.venv +_build .swp diff -r 3e4ac23938e1 -r cf1fdb254c41 doc/CMakeLists.txt --- a/doc/CMakeLists.txt Mon Sep 22 12:55:24 2014 +0200 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 @@ -1,24 +0,0 @@ -# Copyright (C) 2014 by Bundesamt für Sicherheit in der Informationstechnik -# Software engineering by Intevation GmbH -# -# This file is Free Software under the GNU GPL (v>=2) -# and comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY! -# See LICENSE.txt for details. - -include (FindDoxygen) - -set_directory_properties (PROPERTIES CLEAN_NO_CUSTOM true) -set_directory_properties (PROPERTIES ADDITIONAL_MAKE_CLEAN_FILES ".built-html") - -if (NOT DOXYGEN_EXECUTABLE) - message (STATUS "WARNING: Doxygen is required to build the docs.") -else() - add_custom_target (doc COMMENT "Building documentation..." - DEPENDS ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/Doxyfile ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/.built-html) -endif() - -add_custom_command (OUTPUT .built-html - COMMAND sh - ARGS -c \"${DOXYGEN_EXECUTABLE} ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/Doxyfile && touch ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/.built-html\;\" - ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/Doxyfile -) diff -r 3e4ac23938e1 -r cf1fdb254c41 doc/Doxyfile.in --- a/doc/Doxyfile.in Mon Sep 22 12:55:24 2014 +0200 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 @@ -1,1792 +0,0 @@ -# Doxyfile 1.8.1.2 - -# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system -# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project. -# -# All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored. -# The format is: -# TAG = value [value, ...] -# For lists items can also be appended using: -# TAG += value [value, ...] -# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" "). - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Project related configuration options -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file -# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all -# text before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the -# iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See -# http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for the list of possible encodings. - -DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8 - -# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or sequence of words) that should -# identify the project. Note that if you do not use Doxywizard you need -# to put quotes around the project name if it contains spaces. - -PROJECT_NAME = "TrustBridge" - -# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. -# This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or -# if some version control system is used. - -PROJECT_NUMBER = @PROJECT_VERSION@ - -# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description -# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer -# a quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short. - -PROJECT_BRIEF = Installs and updates Root Certificates - -# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is -# included in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not -# exceed 55 pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. -# Doxygen will copy the logo to the output directory. - -PROJECT_LOGO = @CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR@/ui/img/logo.png - -# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) -# base path where the generated documentation will be put. -# If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location -# where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used. - -OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = @CMAKE_BINARY_DIR@/doc/generated - -# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create -# 4096 sub-directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output -# format and will distribute the generated files over these directories. -# Enabling this option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of -# source files, where putting all generated files in the same directory would -# otherwise cause performance problems for the file system. - -CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO - -# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all -# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this -# information to generate all constant output in the proper language. -# The default language is English, other supported languages are: -# Afrikaans, Arabic, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, Chinese-Traditional, -# Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Esperanto, Farsi, Finnish, French, German, -# Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English -# messages), Korean, Korean-en, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Macedonian, Persian, -# Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, -# Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Ukrainian, and Vietnamese. - -OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English - -# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in -# the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc). -# Set to NO to disable this. - -BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES - -# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend -# the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description. -# Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the -# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed. - -REPEAT_BRIEF = YES - -# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator -# that is used to form the text in various listings. Each string -# in this list, if found as the leading text of the brief description, will be -# stripped from the text and the result after processing the whole list, is -# used as the annotated text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. -# If left blank, the following values are used ("$name" is automatically -# replaced with the name of the entity): "The $name class" "The $name widget" -# "The $name file" "is" "provides" "specifies" "contains" -# "represents" "a" "an" "the" - -ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = - -# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then -# Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief -# description. - -ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO - -# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all -# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those -# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment -# operators of the base classes will not be shown. - -INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO - -# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full -# path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set -# to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used. - -FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES - -# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag -# can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. Stripping is -# only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of -# the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list. -# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the -# path to strip. - -STRIP_FROM_PATH = @CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR@ - -# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of -# the path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells -# the reader which header file to include in order to use a class. -# If left blank only the name of the header file containing the class -# definition is used. Otherwise one should specify the include paths that -# are normally passed to the compiler using the -I flag. - -STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH = - -# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter -# (but less readable) file names. This can be useful if your file system -# doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM. - -SHORT_NAMES = NO - -# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen -# will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style -# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc -# comments will behave just like regular Qt-style comments -# (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief description.) - -JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO - -# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen will -# interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style -# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the comments -# will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus requiring -# an explicit \brief command for a brief description.) - -QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO - -# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make Doxygen -# treat a multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// -# comments) as a brief description. This used to be the default behaviour. -# The new default is to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed -# description. Set this tag to YES if you prefer the old behaviour instead. - -MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO - -# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented -# member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it -# re-implements. - -INHERIT_DOCS = YES - -# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce -# a new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will -# be part of the file/class/namespace that contains it. - -SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO - -# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. -# Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments. - -TAB_SIZE = 4 - -# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts -# as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value". -# For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to -# put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which -# will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:". -# You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines. - -ALIASES = TODO=\todo" - -# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only). -# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding -# "class=itcl::class" will allow you to use the command class in the -# itcl::class meaning. - -TCL_SUBST = - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C -# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. -# For instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list -# of all members will be omitted, etc. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = NO - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java -# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for -# Java. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified -# scopes will look different, etc. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran -# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for -# Fortran. - -OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL -# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for -# VHDL. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO - -# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it -# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given extension. -# Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it using this -# tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and language -# is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript, CSharp, C, -# C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran, VHDL, C, C++. For instance to make -# doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP), and .f files as C -# (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C. Note that for custom extensions -# you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise the files are not read by doxygen. - -EXTENSION_MAPPING = - -# If MARKDOWN_SUPPORT is enabled (the default) then doxygen pre-processes all -# comments according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable -# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details. -# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you -# can mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. -# Disable only in case of backward compatibilities issues. - -MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = YES - -# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want -# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should -# set this tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and -# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); v.s. -# func(std::string) {}). This also makes the inheritance and collaboration -# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate. - -BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO - -# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to -# enable parsing support. - -CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO - -# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip sources only. -# Doxygen will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public -# instead of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present. - -SIP_SUPPORT = NO - -# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate getter -# and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES (the default) -# will make doxygen replace the get and set methods by a property in the -# documentation. This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or -# setting a simple type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the -# methods anyway, you should set this option to NO. - -IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES - -# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC -# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first -# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default -# all members of a group must be documented explicitly. - -DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO - -# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES (the default) to allow class member groups of -# the same type (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a -# subgroup of that type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to -# NO to prevent subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using -# the \nosubgrouping command. - -SUBGROUPING = YES - -# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and -# unions are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using -# @ingroup) instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or -# section (for LaTeX and RTF). - -INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO - -# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and -# unions with only public data fields will be shown inline in the documentation -# of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file, namespace, or group -# documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set to NO (the default), -# structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and Man -# pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF). - -INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO - -# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or enum -# is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So -# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct -# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file, -# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically -# be useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound -# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name. - -TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO - -# The SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE determines the size of the internal cache use to -# determine which symbols to keep in memory and which to flush to disk. -# When the cache is full, less often used symbols will be written to disk. -# For small to medium size projects (<1000 input files) the default value is -# probably good enough. For larger projects a too small cache size can cause -# doxygen to be busy swapping symbols to and from disk most of the time -# causing a significant performance penalty. -# If the system has enough physical memory increasing the cache will improve the -# performance by keeping more symbols in memory. Note that the value works on -# a logarithmic scale so increasing the size by one will roughly double the -# memory usage. The cache size is given by this formula: -# 2^(16+SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0, -# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols. - -SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE = 0 - -# Similar to the SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE the size of the symbol lookup cache can be -# set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This cache is used to resolve symbols given -# their name and scope. Since this can be an expensive process and often the -# same symbol appear multiple times in the code, doxygen keeps a cache of -# pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small doxygen will become slower. -# If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The cache size is given by this -# formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0, -# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols. - -LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0 - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Build related configuration options -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in -# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. -# Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless -# the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES - -EXTRACT_ALL = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class -# will be included in the documentation. - -EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal scope will be included in the documentation. - -EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO - -# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file -# will be included in the documentation. - -EXTRACT_STATIC = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) -# defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation. -# If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included. - -EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES - -# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local -# methods, which are defined in the implementation section but not in -# the interface are included in the documentation. -# If set to NO (the default) only methods in the interface are included. - -EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO - -# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be -# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called -# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base -# name of the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default -# anonymous namespaces are hidden. - -EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO - -# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all -# undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces. -# If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the -# various overviews, but no documentation section is generated. -# This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. - -HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO - -# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all -# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. -# If set to NO (the default) these classes will be included in the various -# overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. - -HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO - -# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all -# friend (class|struct|union) declarations. -# If set to NO (the default) these declarations will be included in the -# documentation. - -HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO - -# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide any -# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. -# If set to NO (the default) these blocks will be appended to the -# function's detailed documentation block. - -HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO - -# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation -# that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set -# to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded. -# Set it to YES to include the internal documentation. - -INTERNAL_DOCS = NO - -# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate -# file names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also -# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ -# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows -# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO. - -CASE_SENSE_NAMES = YES - -# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen -# will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the -# documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden. - -HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO - -# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen -# will put a list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation -# of that file. - -SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES - -# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then Doxygen -# will list include files with double quotes in the documentation -# rather than with sharp brackets. - -FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO - -# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline] -# is inserted in the documentation for inline members. - -INLINE_INFO = YES - -# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen -# will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members -# alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in -# declaration order. - -SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES - -# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the -# brief documentation of file, namespace and class members alphabetically -# by member name. If set to NO (the default) the members will appear in -# declaration order. - -SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO - -# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen -# will sort the (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that -# constructors and destructors are listed first. If set to NO (the default) -# the constructors will appear in the respective orders defined by -# SORT_MEMBER_DOCS and SORT_BRIEF_DOCS. -# This tag will be ignored for brief docs if SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO -# and ignored for detailed docs if SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO. - -SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO - -# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the -# hierarchy of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO (the default) -# the group names will appear in their defined order. - -SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO - -# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be -# sorted by fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to -# NO (the default), the class list will be sorted only by class name, -# not including the namespace part. -# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES. -# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the -# alphabetical list. - -SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO - -# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to -# do proper type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a -# match between the prototype and the implementation of a member function even -# if there is only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose -# by doing a simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen -# will still accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases. - -STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO - -# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or -# disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo -# commands in the documentation. - -GENERATE_TODOLIST = YES - -# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or -# disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test -# commands in the documentation. - -GENERATE_TESTLIST = YES - -# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or -# disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug -# commands in the documentation. - -GENERATE_BUGLIST = YES - -# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or -# disable (NO) the deprecated list. This list is created by putting -# \deprecated commands in the documentation. - -GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES - -# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional -# documentation sections, marked by \if sectionname ... \endif. - -ENABLED_SECTIONS = - -# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines -# the initial value of a variable or macro consists of for it to appear in -# the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified -# here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. -# The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and macros in the -# documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer -# command in the documentation regardless of this setting. - -MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30 - -# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated -# at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the -# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation. - -SHOW_USED_FILES = YES - -# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. -# This will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the -# Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES. - -SHOW_FILES = YES - -# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the -# Namespaces page. -# This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index -# and from the Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES. - -SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES - -# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that -# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from -# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via -# popen()) the command , where is the value of -# the FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and is the name of an input file -# provided by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output -# is used as the file version. See the manual for examples. - -FILE_VERSION_FILTER = - -# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed -# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated -# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file -# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. -# You can optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted -# DoxygenLayout.xml will be used as the name of the layout file. - -LAYOUT_FILE = - -# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files -# containing the references data. This must be a list of .bib files. The -# .bib extension is automatically appended if omitted. Using this command -# requires the bibtex tool to be installed. See also -# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info. For LaTeX the style -# of the bibliography can be controlled using LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this -# feature you need bibtex and perl available in the search path. - -CITE_BIB_FILES = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to warning and progress messages -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated -# by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used. - -QUIET = NO - -# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are -# generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank -# NO is used. - -WARNINGS = YES - -# If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings -# for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will -# automatically be disabled. - -WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES - -# If WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for -# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some -# parameters in a documented function, or documenting parameters that -# don't exist or using markup commands wrongly. - -WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES - -# The WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for -# functions that are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters -# or return value. If set to NO (the default) doxygen will only warn about -# wrong or incomplete parameter documentation, but not about the absence of -# documentation. - -WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES - -# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that -# doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text -# tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the -# warning originated and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain -# $version, which will be replaced by the version of the file (if it could -# be obtained via FILE_VERSION_FILTER) - -WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text" - -# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning -# and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written -# to stderr. - -WARN_LOGFILE = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the input files -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain -# documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or -# directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories -# with spaces. - -INPUT = @CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR@/ui @CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR@/common @CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR@/cinst - -# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files -# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding, which is -# also the default input encoding. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv built -# into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for -# the list of possible encodings. - -INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8 - -# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the -# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp -# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left -# blank the following patterns are tested: -# *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.d *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh -# *.hxx *.hpp *.h++ *.idl *.odl *.cs *.php *.php3 *.inc *.m *.mm *.dox *.py -# *.f90 *.f *.for *.vhd *.vhdl - -FILE_PATTERNS = - -# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories -# should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO. -# If left blank NO is used. - -RECURSIVE = NO - -# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be -# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a -# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag. -# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is -# run. - -EXCLUDE = - -# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or -# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded -# from the input. - -EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO - -# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the -# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude -# certain files from those directories. Note that the wildcards are matched -# against the file with absolute path, so to exclude all test directories -# for example use the pattern */test/* - -EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = - -# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names -# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the -# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the -# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass, -# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test - -EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = - -# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or -# directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see -# the \include command). - -EXAMPLE_PATH = - -# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the -# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp -# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left -# blank all files are included. - -EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = - -# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be -# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude -# commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag. -# Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used. - -EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO - -# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or -# directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see -# the \image command). - -IMAGE_PATH = - -# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should -# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program -# by executing (via popen()) the command , where -# is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and is the name of an -# input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes -# to standard output. -# If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag will be -# ignored. - -INPUT_FILTER = - -# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern -# basis. -# Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the -# filter if there is a match. -# The filters are a list of the form: -# pattern=filter (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further -# info on how filters are used. If FILTER_PATTERNS is empty or if -# non of the patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied. - -FILTER_PATTERNS = - -# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using -# INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source -# files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES). - -FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO - -# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file -# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) -# and it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern -# using *.ext= (so without naming a filter). This option only has effect when -# FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is enabled. - -FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to source browsing -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will -# be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources. -# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure also -# VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO. - -SOURCE_BROWSER = NO - -# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body -# of functions and classes directly in the documentation. - -INLINE_SOURCES = NO - -# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct -# doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code -# fragments. Normal C, C++ and Fortran comments will always remain visible. - -STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES - -# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES -# then for each documented function all documented -# functions referencing it will be listed. - -REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO - -# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES -# then for each documented function all documented entities -# called/used by that function will be listed. - -REFERENCES_RELATION = NO - -# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES (the default) -# and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES, then the hyperlinks from -# functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will -# link to the source code. -# Otherwise they will link to the documentation. - -REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = YES - -# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code -# will point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen -# built-in source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source -# tagging system (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You -# will need version 4.8.6 or higher. - -USE_HTAGS = NO - -# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen -# will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for -# which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this. - -VERBATIM_HEADERS = YES - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index -# of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project -# contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces. - -ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES - -# If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then -# the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns -# in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20]) - -COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5 - -# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all -# classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. -# The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that -# should be ignored while generating the index headers. - -IGNORE_PREFIX = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the HTML output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# generate HTML output. - -GENERATE_HTML = YES - -# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. -# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be -# put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path. - -HTML_OUTPUT = html - -# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for -# each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank -# doxygen will generate files with .html extension. - -HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html - -# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for -# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a -# standard header. Note that when using a custom header you are responsible -# for the proper inclusion of any scripts and style sheets that doxygen -# needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used. -# It is advised to generate a default header using "doxygen -w html -# header.html footer.html stylesheet.css YourConfigFile" and then modify -# that header. Note that the header is subject to change so you typically -# have to redo this when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen or when -# changing the value of configuration settings such as GENERATE_TREEVIEW! - -HTML_HEADER = - -# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for -# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a -# standard footer. - -HTML_FOOTER = - -# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading -# style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to -# fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If the tag is left blank doxygen -# will generate a default style sheet. Note that doxygen will try to copy -# the style sheet file to the HTML output directory, so don't put your own -# style sheet in the HTML output directory as well, or it will be erased! - -HTML_STYLESHEET = - -# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or -# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note -# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the -# $relpath$ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these -# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that -# the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available. - -HTML_EXTRA_FILES = - -# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. -# Doxygen will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images -# according to this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, -# see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. -# For instance the value 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, -# 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300 purple, and 360 is red again. -# The allowed range is 0 to 359. - -HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220 - -# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of -# the colors in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use -# grayscales only. A value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors. - -HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100 - -# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to -# the luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below -# 100 gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make -# the output darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, -# so 80 represents a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, -# and 100 does not change the gamma. - -HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80 - -# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML -# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting -# this to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs. - -HTML_TIMESTAMP = YES - -# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML -# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the -# page has loaded. - -HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = NO - -# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of -# entries shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user -# can expand and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand -# the tree to such a level that at most the specified number of entries are -# visible (unless a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). -# So setting the number of entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by -# default. 0 is a special value representing an infinite number of entries -# and will result in a full expanded tree by default. - -HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100 - -# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files -# will be generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 -# integrated development environment, introduced with OSX 10.5 (Leopard). -# To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a Makefile in the -# HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in that -# directory and running "make install" will install the docset in -# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find -# it at startup. -# See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html -# for more information. - -GENERATE_DOCSET = NO - -# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag determines the name of the -# feed. A documentation feed provides an umbrella under which multiple -# documentation sets from a single provider (such as a company or product suite) -# can be grouped. - -DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs" - -# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag specifies a string that -# should uniquely identify the documentation set bundle. This should be a -# reverse domain-name style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen -# will append .docset to the name. - -DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project - -# When GENERATE_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify -# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style -# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation. - -DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher - -# The GENERATE_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher. - -DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files -# will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the -# Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compiled HTML help file (.chm) -# of the generated HTML documentation. - -GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_FILE tag can -# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm file. You -# can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be -# written to the html output directory. - -CHM_FILE = - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the HHC_LOCATION tag can -# be used to specify the location (absolute path including file name) of -# the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty doxygen will try to run -# the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp. - -HHC_LOCATION = - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag -# controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that -# it should be included in the master .chm file (NO). - -GENERATE_CHI = NO - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_INDEX_ENCODING -# is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) and project file -# content. - -CHM_INDEX_ENCODING = - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag -# controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a -# normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. - -BINARY_TOC = NO - -# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members -# to the contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view. - -TOC_EXPAND = NO - -# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and -# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated -# that can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a -# Qt Compressed Help (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation. - -GENERATE_QHP = NO - -# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can -# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .qch file. -# The path specified is relative to the HTML output folder. - -QCH_FILE = - -# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating -# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see -# http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#namespace - -QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project - -# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating -# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see -# http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#virtual-folders - -QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc - -# If QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME is set, it specifies the name of a custom filter to -# add. For more information please see -# http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#custom-filters - -QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME = - -# The QHP_CUST_FILT_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the -# custom filter to add. For more information please see -# -# Qt Help Project / Custom Filters. - -QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS = - -# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this -# project's -# filter section matches. -# -# Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes. - -QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS = - -# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES, the QHG_LOCATION tag can -# be used to specify the location of Qt's qhelpgenerator. -# If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the generated -# .qhp file. - -QHG_LOCATION = - -# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files -# will be generated, which together with the HTML files, form an Eclipse help -# plugin. To install this plugin and make it available under the help contents -# menu in Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML -# files needs to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of -# the directory within the plugins directory should be the same as -# the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value. After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before -# the help appears. - -GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO - -# A unique identifier for the eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin -# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have -# this name. - -ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project - -# The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) -# at top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and -# the value YES disables it. Since the tabs have the same information as the -# navigation tree you can set this option to NO if you already set -# GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES. - -DISABLE_INDEX = NO - -# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index -# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. -# If the tag value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated -# containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that -# is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports -# JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required (i.e. any modern browser). -# Windows users are probably better off using the HTML help feature. -# Since the tree basically has the same information as the tab index you -# could consider to set DISABLE_INDEX to NO when enabling this option. - -GENERATE_TREEVIEW = NO - -# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values -# (range [0,1..20]) that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML -# documentation. Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum -# values from appearing in the overview section. - -ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 4 - -# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be -# used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree -# is shown. - -TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250 - -# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open -# links to external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window. - -EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO - -# Use this tag to change the font size of Latex formulas included -# as images in the HTML documentation. The default is 10. Note that -# when you change the font size after a successful doxygen run you need -# to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML output directory -# to force them to be regenerated. - -FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10 - -# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images -# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are -# not supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers. -# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files -# in the HTML output before the changes have effect. - -FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES - -# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax -# (see http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the -# rendering instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not -# have LaTeX installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML -# output. When enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and -# configure the path to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. - -USE_MATHJAX = NO - -# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the -# HTML output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination -# directory should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax -# directory is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then -# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to -# the MathJax Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without -# installing MathJax. -# However, it is strongly recommended to install a local -# copy of MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment. - -MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest - -# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or MathJax extension -# names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. - -MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = - -# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box -# for the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript -# and DHTML and should work on any modern browser. Note that when using -# HTML help (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets -# (GENERATE_DOCSET) there is already a search function so this one should -# typically be disabled. For large projects the javascript based search engine -# can be slow, then enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. - -SEARCHENGINE = YES - -# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be -# implemented using a PHP enabled web server instead of at the web client -# using Javascript. Doxygen will generate the search PHP script and index -# file to put on the web server. The advantage of the server -# based approach is that it scales better to large projects and allows -# full text search. The disadvantages are that it is more difficult to setup -# and does not have live searching capabilities. - -SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the LaTeX output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# generate Latex output. - -GENERATE_LATEX = YES - -# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. -# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be -# put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path. - -LATEX_OUTPUT = latex - -# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be -# invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name. -# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for -# generating bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the -# Makefile that is written to the output directory. - -LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex - -# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to -# generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the -# default command name. - -MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex - -# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact -# LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to -# save some trees in general. - -COMPACT_LATEX = NO - -# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used -# by the printer. Possible values are: a4, letter, legal and -# executive. If left blank a4wide will be used. - -PAPER_TYPE = a4 - -# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX -# packages that should be included in the LaTeX output. - -EXTRA_PACKAGES = - -# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for -# the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until -# the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a -# standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing! - -LATEX_HEADER = - -# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for -# the generated latex document. The footer should contain everything after -# the last chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a -# standard footer. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing! - -LATEX_FOOTER = - -# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated -# is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will -# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references -# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer. - -PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES - -# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of -# plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a -# higher quality PDF documentation. - -USE_PDFLATEX = YES - -# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode. -# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep -# running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. -# This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML. - -LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO - -# If LATEX_HIDE_INDICES is set to YES then doxygen will not -# include the index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) -# in the output. - -LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO - -# If LATEX_SOURCE_CODE is set to YES then doxygen will include -# source code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output. -# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings -# such as SOURCE_BROWSER. - -LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO - -# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the -# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. The default style is "plain". See -# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info. - -LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the RTF output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output -# The RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with -# other RTF readers or editors. - -GENERATE_RTF = NO - -# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. -# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be -# put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path. - -RTF_OUTPUT = rtf - -# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact -# RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to -# save some trees in general. - -COMPACT_RTF = NO - -# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated -# will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will -# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. -# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other -# programs which support those fields. -# Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links. - -RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO - -# Load style sheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's -# config file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide -# replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value. - -RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE = - -# Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document. -# Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file. - -RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the man page output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# generate man pages - -GENERATE_MAN = NO - -# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. -# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be -# put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path. - -MAN_OUTPUT = man - -# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to -# the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3) - -MAN_EXTENSION = .3 - -# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output, -# then it will generate one additional man file for each entity -# documented in the real man page(s). These additional files -# only source the real man page, but without them the man command -# would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO. - -MAN_LINKS = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the XML output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will -# generate an XML file that captures the structure of -# the code including all documentation. - -GENERATE_XML = NO - -# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. -# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be -# put in front of it. If left blank `xml' will be used as the default path. - -XML_OUTPUT = xml - -# The XML_SCHEMA tag can be used to specify an XML schema, -# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the -# syntax of the XML files. - -XML_SCHEMA = - -# The XML_DTD tag can be used to specify an XML DTD, -# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the -# syntax of the XML files. - -XML_DTD = - -# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES Doxygen will -# dump the program listings (including syntax highlighting -# and cross-referencing information) to the XML output. Note that -# enabling this will significantly increase the size of the XML output. - -XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will -# generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file -# that captures the structure of the code including all -# documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental -# and incomplete at the moment. - -GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the Perl module output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES Doxygen will -# generate a Perl module file that captures the structure of -# the code including all documentation. Note that this -# feature is still experimental and incomplete at the -# moment. - -GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO - -# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate -# the necessary Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able -# to generate PDF and DVI output from the Perl module output. - -PERLMOD_LATEX = NO - -# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be -# nicely formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. -# This is useful -# if you want to understand what is going on. -# On the other hand, if this -# tag is set to NO the size of the Perl module output will be much smaller -# and Perl will parse it just the same. - -PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES - -# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file -# are prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. -# This is useful so different doxyrules.make files included by the same -# Makefile don't overwrite each other's variables. - -PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the preprocessor -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include -# files. - -ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES - -# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro -# names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional -# compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled -# way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES. - -MACRO_EXPANSION = NO - -# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES -# then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the -# PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags. - -EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = NO - -# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files -# pointed to by INCLUDE_PATH will be searched when a #include is found. - -SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES - -# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by -# the preprocessor. - -INCLUDE_PATH = - -# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard -# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the -# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will -# be used. - -INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS = - -# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that -# are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of -# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name -# or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are -# omitted =1 is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being -# undefined via #undef or recursively expanded use the := operator -# instead of the = operator. - -PREDEFINED = - -# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then -# this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. -# The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. -# Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition that -# overrules the definition found in the source code. - -EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = - -# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then -# doxygen's preprocessor will remove all references to function-like macros -# that are alone on a line, have an all uppercase name, and do not end with a -# semicolon, because these will confuse the parser if not removed. - -SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration::additions related to external references -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The TAGFILES option can be used to specify one or more tagfiles. For each -# tag file the location of the external documentation should be added. The -# format of a tag file without this location is as follows: -# -# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ... -# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows: -# -# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ... -# where "loc1" and "loc2" can be relative or absolute paths -# or URLs. Note that each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does -# NOT include the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which -# doxygen is run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here. - -TAGFILES = - -# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create -# a tag file that is based on the input files it reads. - -GENERATE_TAGFILE = - -# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed -# in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes -# will be listed. - -ALLEXTERNALS = NO - -# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed -# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will -# be listed. - -EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES - -# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script -# interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl'). - -PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the dot tool -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# generate a inheritance diagram (in HTML, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base -# or super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that -# this option also works with HAVE_DOT disabled, but it is recommended to -# install and use dot, since it yields more powerful graphs. - -CLASS_DIAGRAMS = YES - -# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc -# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see -# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/) to produce the chart and insert it in the -# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where -# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the -# default search path. - -MSCGEN_PATH = - -# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide -# inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented -# or is not a class. - -HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES - -# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is -# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization -# toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section -# have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default) - -HAVE_DOT = NO - -# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is -# allowed to run in parallel. When set to 0 (the default) doxygen will -# base this on the number of processors available in the system. You can set it -# explicitly to a value larger than 0 to get control over the balance -# between CPU load and processing speed. - -DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0 - -# By default doxygen will use the Helvetica font for all dot files that -# doxygen generates. When you want a differently looking font you can specify -# the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make sure dot is able to find -# the font, which can be done by putting it in a standard location or by setting -# the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by setting DOT_FONTPATH to the -# directory containing the font. - -DOT_FONTNAME = Helvetica - -# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size of the font of dot graphs. -# The default size is 10pt. - -DOT_FONTSIZE = 10 - -# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the Helvetica font. -# If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can use DOT_FONTPATH to -# set the path where dot can find it. - -DOT_FONTPATH = - -# If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen -# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and -# indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the -# CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO. - -CLASS_GRAPH = YES - -# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen -# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and -# indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and -# class references variables) of the class with other documented classes. - -COLLABORATION_GRAPH = YES - -# If the GROUP_GRAPHS and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen -# will generate a graph for groups, showing the direct groups dependencies - -GROUP_GRAPHS = YES - -# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and -# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling -# Language. - -UML_LOOK = NO - -# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside -# the class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the -# graph may become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS -# threshold limits the number of items for each type to make the size more -# managable. Set this to 0 for no limit. Note that the threshold may be -# exceeded by 50% before the limit is enforced. - -UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10 - -# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the -# relations between templates and their instances. - -TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO - -# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT -# tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented -# file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with -# other documented files. - -INCLUDE_GRAPH = YES - -# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and -# HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each -# documented header file showing the documented files that directly or -# indirectly include this file. - -INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = YES - -# If the CALL_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT options are set to YES then -# doxygen will generate a call dependency graph for every global function -# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase -# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs -# for selected functions only using the \callgraph command. - -CALL_GRAPH = NO - -# If the CALLER_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then -# doxygen will generate a caller dependency graph for every global function -# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase -# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable caller -# graphs for selected functions only using the \callergraph command. - -CALLER_GRAPH = NO - -# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen -# will generate a graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one. - -GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = YES - -# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES -# then doxygen will show the dependencies a directory has on other directories -# in a graphical way. The dependency relations are determined by the #include -# relations between the files in the directories. - -DIRECTORY_GRAPH = YES - -# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images -# generated by dot. Possible values are svg, png, jpg, or gif. -# If left blank png will be used. If you choose svg you need to set -# HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make the SVG files -# visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this requirement). - -DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png - -# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to -# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning. -# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. -# Tested and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera. For IE 9+ you -# need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make the SVG files -# visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support. - -INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO - -# The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be -# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path. - -DOT_PATH = - -# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the -# \dotfile command). - -DOTFILE_DIRS = - -# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the -# \mscfile command). - -MSCFILE_DIRS = - -# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of -# nodes that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph -# becomes larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is -# visualized by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the -# number of direct children of the root node in a graph is already larger than -# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note -# that the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH. - -DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 50 - -# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the -# graphs generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable -# from the root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes -# that lay further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this -# option to 1 or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large -# code bases. Also note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by -# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction. - -MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 0 - -# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent -# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not -# seem to support this out of the box. Warning: Depending on the platform used, -# enabling this option may lead to badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of -# a graph (i.e. they become hard to read). - -DOT_TRANSPARENT = NO - -# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output -# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This -# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) -# support this, this feature is disabled by default. - -DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = YES - -# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and -# arrows in the dot generated graphs. - -GENERATE_LEGEND = YES - -# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# remove the intermediate dot files that are used to generate -# the various graphs. - -DOT_CLEANUP = YES diff -r 3e4ac23938e1 -r cf1fdb254c41 doc/apidoc/CMakeLists.txt --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/doc/apidoc/CMakeLists.txt Mon Sep 22 13:02:11 2014 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +# Copyright (C) 2014 by Bundesamt für Sicherheit in der Informationstechnik +# Software engineering by Intevation GmbH +# +# This file is Free Software under the GNU GPL (v>=2) +# and comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY! +# See LICENSE.txt for details. + +include (FindDoxygen) + +set_directory_properties (PROPERTIES CLEAN_NO_CUSTOM true) +set_directory_properties (PROPERTIES ADDITIONAL_MAKE_CLEAN_FILES ".built-html") + +if (NOT DOXYGEN_EXECUTABLE) + message (STATUS "WARNING: Doxygen is required to build the docs.") +else() + add_custom_target (doc COMMENT "Building documentation..." + DEPENDS ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/Doxyfile ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/.built-html) +endif() + +add_custom_command (OUTPUT .built-html + COMMAND sh + ARGS -c \"${DOXYGEN_EXECUTABLE} ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/Doxyfile && touch ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/.built-html\;\" + ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/Doxyfile +) diff -r 3e4ac23938e1 -r cf1fdb254c41 doc/apidoc/Doxyfile.in --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/doc/apidoc/Doxyfile.in Mon Sep 22 13:02:11 2014 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,1792 @@ +# Doxyfile 1.8.1.2 + +# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system +# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project. +# +# All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored. +# The format is: +# TAG = value [value, ...] +# For lists items can also be appended using: +# TAG += value [value, ...] +# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" "). + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Project related configuration options +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file +# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all +# text before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the +# iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See +# http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for the list of possible encodings. + +DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8 + +# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or sequence of words) that should +# identify the project. Note that if you do not use Doxywizard you need +# to put quotes around the project name if it contains spaces. + +PROJECT_NAME = "TrustBridge" + +# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. +# This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or +# if some version control system is used. + +PROJECT_NUMBER = @PROJECT_VERSION@ + +# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description +# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer +# a quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short. + +PROJECT_BRIEF = Installs and updates Root Certificates + +# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is +# included in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not +# exceed 55 pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. +# Doxygen will copy the logo to the output directory. + +PROJECT_LOGO = @CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR@/ui/img/logo.png + +# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) +# base path where the generated documentation will be put. +# If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location +# where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used. + +OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = @CMAKE_BINARY_DIR@/doc/generated + +# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create +# 4096 sub-directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output +# format and will distribute the generated files over these directories. +# Enabling this option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of +# source files, where putting all generated files in the same directory would +# otherwise cause performance problems for the file system. + +CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO + +# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all +# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this +# information to generate all constant output in the proper language. +# The default language is English, other supported languages are: +# Afrikaans, Arabic, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, Chinese-Traditional, +# Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Esperanto, Farsi, Finnish, French, German, +# Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English +# messages), Korean, Korean-en, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Macedonian, Persian, +# Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, +# Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Ukrainian, and Vietnamese. + +OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English + +# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in +# the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc). +# Set to NO to disable this. + +BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES + +# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend +# the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description. +# Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the +# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed. + +REPEAT_BRIEF = YES + +# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator +# that is used to form the text in various listings. Each string +# in this list, if found as the leading text of the brief description, will be +# stripped from the text and the result after processing the whole list, is +# used as the annotated text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. +# If left blank, the following values are used ("$name" is automatically +# replaced with the name of the entity): "The $name class" "The $name widget" +# "The $name file" "is" "provides" "specifies" "contains" +# "represents" "a" "an" "the" + +ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = + +# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then +# Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief +# description. + +ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO + +# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all +# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those +# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment +# operators of the base classes will not be shown. + +INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO + +# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full +# path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set +# to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used. + +FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES + +# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag +# can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. Stripping is +# only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of +# the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list. +# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the +# path to strip. + +STRIP_FROM_PATH = @CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR@ + +# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of +# the path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells +# the reader which header file to include in order to use a class. +# If left blank only the name of the header file containing the class +# definition is used. Otherwise one should specify the include paths that +# are normally passed to the compiler using the -I flag. + +STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH = + +# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter +# (but less readable) file names. This can be useful if your file system +# doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM. + +SHORT_NAMES = NO + +# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen +# will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style +# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc +# comments will behave just like regular Qt-style comments +# (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief description.) + +JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO + +# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen will +# interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style +# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the comments +# will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus requiring +# an explicit \brief command for a brief description.) + +QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO + +# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make Doxygen +# treat a multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// +# comments) as a brief description. This used to be the default behaviour. +# The new default is to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed +# description. Set this tag to YES if you prefer the old behaviour instead. + +MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO + +# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented +# member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it +# re-implements. + +INHERIT_DOCS = YES + +# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce +# a new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will +# be part of the file/class/namespace that contains it. + +SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO + +# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. +# Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments. + +TAB_SIZE = 4 + +# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts +# as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value". +# For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to +# put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which +# will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:". +# You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines. + +ALIASES = TODO=\todo" + +# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only). +# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding +# "class=itcl::class" will allow you to use the command class in the +# itcl::class meaning. + +TCL_SUBST = + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C +# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. +# For instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list +# of all members will be omitted, etc. + +OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = NO + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java +# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for +# Java. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified +# scopes will look different, etc. + +OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran +# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for +# Fortran. + +OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL +# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for +# VHDL. + +OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO + +# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it +# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given extension. +# Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it using this +# tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and language +# is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript, CSharp, C, +# C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran, VHDL, C, C++. For instance to make +# doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP), and .f files as C +# (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C. Note that for custom extensions +# you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise the files are not read by doxygen. + +EXTENSION_MAPPING = + +# If MARKDOWN_SUPPORT is enabled (the default) then doxygen pre-processes all +# comments according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable +# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details. +# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you +# can mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. +# Disable only in case of backward compatibilities issues. + +MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = YES + +# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want +# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should +# set this tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and +# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); v.s. +# func(std::string) {}). This also makes the inheritance and collaboration +# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate. + +BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO + +# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to +# enable parsing support. + +CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO + +# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip sources only. +# Doxygen will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public +# instead of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present. + +SIP_SUPPORT = NO + +# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate getter +# and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES (the default) +# will make doxygen replace the get and set methods by a property in the +# documentation. This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or +# setting a simple type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the +# methods anyway, you should set this option to NO. + +IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES + +# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC +# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first +# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default +# all members of a group must be documented explicitly. + +DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO + +# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES (the default) to allow class member groups of +# the same type (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a +# subgroup of that type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to +# NO to prevent subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using +# the \nosubgrouping command. + +SUBGROUPING = YES + +# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and +# unions are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using +# @ingroup) instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or +# section (for LaTeX and RTF). + +INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO + +# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and +# unions with only public data fields will be shown inline in the documentation +# of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file, namespace, or group +# documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set to NO (the default), +# structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and Man +# pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF). + +INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO + +# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or enum +# is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So +# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct +# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file, +# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically +# be useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound +# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name. + +TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO + +# The SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE determines the size of the internal cache use to +# determine which symbols to keep in memory and which to flush to disk. +# When the cache is full, less often used symbols will be written to disk. +# For small to medium size projects (<1000 input files) the default value is +# probably good enough. For larger projects a too small cache size can cause +# doxygen to be busy swapping symbols to and from disk most of the time +# causing a significant performance penalty. +# If the system has enough physical memory increasing the cache will improve the +# performance by keeping more symbols in memory. Note that the value works on +# a logarithmic scale so increasing the size by one will roughly double the +# memory usage. The cache size is given by this formula: +# 2^(16+SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0, +# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols. + +SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE = 0 + +# Similar to the SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE the size of the symbol lookup cache can be +# set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This cache is used to resolve symbols given +# their name and scope. Since this can be an expensive process and often the +# same symbol appear multiple times in the code, doxygen keeps a cache of +# pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small doxygen will become slower. +# If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The cache size is given by this +# formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0, +# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols. + +LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0 + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Build related configuration options +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in +# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. +# Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless +# the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES + +EXTRACT_ALL = YES + +# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class +# will be included in the documentation. + +EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES + +# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal scope will be included in the documentation. + +EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO + +# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file +# will be included in the documentation. + +EXTRACT_STATIC = YES + +# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) +# defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation. +# If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included. + +EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES + +# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local +# methods, which are defined in the implementation section but not in +# the interface are included in the documentation. +# If set to NO (the default) only methods in the interface are included. + +EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO + +# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be +# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called +# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base +# name of the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default +# anonymous namespaces are hidden. + +EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO + +# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all +# undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces. +# If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the +# various overviews, but no documentation section is generated. +# This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. + +HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO + +# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all +# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. +# If set to NO (the default) these classes will be included in the various +# overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. + +HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO + +# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all +# friend (class|struct|union) declarations. +# If set to NO (the default) these declarations will be included in the +# documentation. + +HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO + +# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide any +# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. +# If set to NO (the default) these blocks will be appended to the +# function's detailed documentation block. + +HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO + +# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation +# that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set +# to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded. +# Set it to YES to include the internal documentation. + +INTERNAL_DOCS = NO + +# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate +# file names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also +# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ +# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows +# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO. + +CASE_SENSE_NAMES = YES + +# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen +# will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the +# documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden. + +HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO + +# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen +# will put a list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation +# of that file. + +SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES + +# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then Doxygen +# will list include files with double quotes in the documentation +# rather than with sharp brackets. + +FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO + +# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline] +# is inserted in the documentation for inline members. + +INLINE_INFO = YES + +# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen +# will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members +# alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in +# declaration order. + +SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES + +# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the +# brief documentation of file, namespace and class members alphabetically +# by member name. If set to NO (the default) the members will appear in +# declaration order. + +SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO + +# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen +# will sort the (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that +# constructors and destructors are listed first. If set to NO (the default) +# the constructors will appear in the respective orders defined by +# SORT_MEMBER_DOCS and SORT_BRIEF_DOCS. +# This tag will be ignored for brief docs if SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO +# and ignored for detailed docs if SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO. + +SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO + +# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the +# hierarchy of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO (the default) +# the group names will appear in their defined order. + +SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO + +# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be +# sorted by fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to +# NO (the default), the class list will be sorted only by class name, +# not including the namespace part. +# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES. +# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the +# alphabetical list. + +SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO + +# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to +# do proper type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a +# match between the prototype and the implementation of a member function even +# if there is only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose +# by doing a simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen +# will still accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases. + +STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO + +# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or +# disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo +# commands in the documentation. + +GENERATE_TODOLIST = YES + +# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or +# disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test +# commands in the documentation. + +GENERATE_TESTLIST = YES + +# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or +# disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug +# commands in the documentation. + +GENERATE_BUGLIST = YES + +# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or +# disable (NO) the deprecated list. This list is created by putting +# \deprecated commands in the documentation. + +GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES + +# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional +# documentation sections, marked by \if sectionname ... \endif. + +ENABLED_SECTIONS = + +# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines +# the initial value of a variable or macro consists of for it to appear in +# the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified +# here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. +# The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and macros in the +# documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer +# command in the documentation regardless of this setting. + +MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30 + +# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated +# at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the +# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation. + +SHOW_USED_FILES = YES + +# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. +# This will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the +# Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES. + +SHOW_FILES = YES + +# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the +# Namespaces page. +# This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index +# and from the Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES. + +SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES + +# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that +# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from +# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via +# popen()) the command , where is the value of +# the FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and is the name of an input file +# provided by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output +# is used as the file version. See the manual for examples. + +FILE_VERSION_FILTER = + +# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed +# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated +# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file +# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. +# You can optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted +# DoxygenLayout.xml will be used as the name of the layout file. + +LAYOUT_FILE = + +# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files +# containing the references data. This must be a list of .bib files. The +# .bib extension is automatically appended if omitted. Using this command +# requires the bibtex tool to be installed. See also +# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info. For LaTeX the style +# of the bibliography can be controlled using LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this +# feature you need bibtex and perl available in the search path. + +CITE_BIB_FILES = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to warning and progress messages +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated +# by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used. + +QUIET = NO + +# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are +# generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank +# NO is used. + +WARNINGS = YES + +# If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings +# for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will +# automatically be disabled. + +WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES + +# If WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for +# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some +# parameters in a documented function, or documenting parameters that +# don't exist or using markup commands wrongly. + +WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES + +# The WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for +# functions that are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters +# or return value. If set to NO (the default) doxygen will only warn about +# wrong or incomplete parameter documentation, but not about the absence of +# documentation. + +WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES + +# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that +# doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text +# tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the +# warning originated and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain +# $version, which will be replaced by the version of the file (if it could +# be obtained via FILE_VERSION_FILTER) + +WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text" + +# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning +# and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written +# to stderr. + +WARN_LOGFILE = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the input files +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain +# documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or +# directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories +# with spaces. + +INPUT = @CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR@/ui @CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR@/common @CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR@/cinst + +# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files +# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding, which is +# also the default input encoding. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv built +# into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for +# the list of possible encodings. + +INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8 + +# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the +# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp +# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left +# blank the following patterns are tested: +# *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.d *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh +# *.hxx *.hpp *.h++ *.idl *.odl *.cs *.php *.php3 *.inc *.m *.mm *.dox *.py +# *.f90 *.f *.for *.vhd *.vhdl + +FILE_PATTERNS = + +# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories +# should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO. +# If left blank NO is used. + +RECURSIVE = NO + +# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be +# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a +# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag. +# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is +# run. + +EXCLUDE = + +# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or +# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded +# from the input. + +EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO + +# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the +# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude +# certain files from those directories. Note that the wildcards are matched +# against the file with absolute path, so to exclude all test directories +# for example use the pattern */test/* + +EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = + +# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names +# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the +# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the +# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass, +# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test + +EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = + +# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or +# directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see +# the \include command). + +EXAMPLE_PATH = + +# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the +# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp +# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left +# blank all files are included. + +EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = + +# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be +# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude +# commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag. +# Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used. + +EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO + +# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or +# directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see +# the \image command). + +IMAGE_PATH = + +# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should +# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program +# by executing (via popen()) the command , where +# is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and is the name of an +# input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes +# to standard output. +# If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag will be +# ignored. + +INPUT_FILTER = + +# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern +# basis. +# Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the +# filter if there is a match. +# The filters are a list of the form: +# pattern=filter (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further +# info on how filters are used. If FILTER_PATTERNS is empty or if +# non of the patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied. + +FILTER_PATTERNS = + +# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using +# INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source +# files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES). + +FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO + +# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file +# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) +# and it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern +# using *.ext= (so without naming a filter). This option only has effect when +# FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is enabled. + +FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to source browsing +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will +# be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources. +# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure also +# VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO. + +SOURCE_BROWSER = NO + +# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body +# of functions and classes directly in the documentation. + +INLINE_SOURCES = NO + +# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct +# doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code +# fragments. Normal C, C++ and Fortran comments will always remain visible. + +STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES + +# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES +# then for each documented function all documented +# functions referencing it will be listed. + +REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO + +# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES +# then for each documented function all documented entities +# called/used by that function will be listed. + +REFERENCES_RELATION = NO + +# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES (the default) +# and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES, then the hyperlinks from +# functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will +# link to the source code. +# Otherwise they will link to the documentation. + +REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = YES + +# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code +# will point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen +# built-in source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source +# tagging system (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You +# will need version 4.8.6 or higher. + +USE_HTAGS = NO + +# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen +# will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for +# which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this. + +VERBATIM_HEADERS = YES + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index +# of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project +# contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces. + +ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES + +# If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then +# the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns +# in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20]) + +COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5 + +# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all +# classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. +# The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that +# should be ignored while generating the index headers. + +IGNORE_PREFIX = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the HTML output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# generate HTML output. + +GENERATE_HTML = YES + +# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. +# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be +# put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path. + +HTML_OUTPUT = html + +# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for +# each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank +# doxygen will generate files with .html extension. + +HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html + +# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for +# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a +# standard header. Note that when using a custom header you are responsible +# for the proper inclusion of any scripts and style sheets that doxygen +# needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used. +# It is advised to generate a default header using "doxygen -w html +# header.html footer.html stylesheet.css YourConfigFile" and then modify +# that header. Note that the header is subject to change so you typically +# have to redo this when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen or when +# changing the value of configuration settings such as GENERATE_TREEVIEW! + +HTML_HEADER = + +# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for +# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a +# standard footer. + +HTML_FOOTER = + +# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading +# style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to +# fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If the tag is left blank doxygen +# will generate a default style sheet. Note that doxygen will try to copy +# the style sheet file to the HTML output directory, so don't put your own +# style sheet in the HTML output directory as well, or it will be erased! + +HTML_STYLESHEET = + +# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or +# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note +# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the +# $relpath$ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these +# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that +# the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available. + +HTML_EXTRA_FILES = + +# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. +# Doxygen will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images +# according to this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, +# see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. +# For instance the value 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, +# 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300 purple, and 360 is red again. +# The allowed range is 0 to 359. + +HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220 + +# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of +# the colors in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use +# grayscales only. A value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors. + +HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100 + +# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to +# the luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below +# 100 gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make +# the output darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, +# so 80 represents a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, +# and 100 does not change the gamma. + +HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80 + +# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML +# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting +# this to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs. + +HTML_TIMESTAMP = YES + +# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML +# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the +# page has loaded. + +HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = NO + +# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of +# entries shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user +# can expand and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand +# the tree to such a level that at most the specified number of entries are +# visible (unless a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). +# So setting the number of entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by +# default. 0 is a special value representing an infinite number of entries +# and will result in a full expanded tree by default. + +HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100 + +# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files +# will be generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 +# integrated development environment, introduced with OSX 10.5 (Leopard). +# To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a Makefile in the +# HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in that +# directory and running "make install" will install the docset in +# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find +# it at startup. +# See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html +# for more information. + +GENERATE_DOCSET = NO + +# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag determines the name of the +# feed. A documentation feed provides an umbrella under which multiple +# documentation sets from a single provider (such as a company or product suite) +# can be grouped. + +DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs" + +# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag specifies a string that +# should uniquely identify the documentation set bundle. This should be a +# reverse domain-name style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen +# will append .docset to the name. + +DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project + +# When GENERATE_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify +# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style +# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation. + +DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher + +# The GENERATE_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher. + +DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher + +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files +# will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the +# Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compiled HTML help file (.chm) +# of the generated HTML documentation. + +GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO + +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_FILE tag can +# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm file. You +# can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be +# written to the html output directory. + +CHM_FILE = + +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the HHC_LOCATION tag can +# be used to specify the location (absolute path including file name) of +# the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty doxygen will try to run +# the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp. + +HHC_LOCATION = + +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag +# controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that +# it should be included in the master .chm file (NO). + +GENERATE_CHI = NO + +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_INDEX_ENCODING +# is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) and project file +# content. + +CHM_INDEX_ENCODING = + +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag +# controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a +# normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. + +BINARY_TOC = NO + +# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members +# to the contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view. + +TOC_EXPAND = NO + +# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and +# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated +# that can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a +# Qt Compressed Help (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation. + +GENERATE_QHP = NO + +# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can +# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .qch file. +# The path specified is relative to the HTML output folder. + +QCH_FILE = + +# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating +# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see +# http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#namespace + +QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project + +# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating +# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see +# http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#virtual-folders + +QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc + +# If QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME is set, it specifies the name of a custom filter to +# add. For more information please see +# http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#custom-filters + +QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME = + +# The QHP_CUST_FILT_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the +# custom filter to add. For more information please see +# +# Qt Help Project / Custom Filters. + +QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS = + +# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this +# project's +# filter section matches. +# +# Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes. + +QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS = + +# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES, the QHG_LOCATION tag can +# be used to specify the location of Qt's qhelpgenerator. +# If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the generated +# .qhp file. + +QHG_LOCATION = + +# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files +# will be generated, which together with the HTML files, form an Eclipse help +# plugin. To install this plugin and make it available under the help contents +# menu in Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML +# files needs to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of +# the directory within the plugins directory should be the same as +# the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value. After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before +# the help appears. + +GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO + +# A unique identifier for the eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin +# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have +# this name. + +ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project + +# The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) +# at top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and +# the value YES disables it. Since the tabs have the same information as the +# navigation tree you can set this option to NO if you already set +# GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES. + +DISABLE_INDEX = NO + +# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index +# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. +# If the tag value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated +# containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that +# is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports +# JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required (i.e. any modern browser). +# Windows users are probably better off using the HTML help feature. +# Since the tree basically has the same information as the tab index you +# could consider to set DISABLE_INDEX to NO when enabling this option. + +GENERATE_TREEVIEW = NO + +# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values +# (range [0,1..20]) that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML +# documentation. Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum +# values from appearing in the overview section. + +ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 4 + +# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be +# used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree +# is shown. + +TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250 + +# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open +# links to external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window. + +EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO + +# Use this tag to change the font size of Latex formulas included +# as images in the HTML documentation. The default is 10. Note that +# when you change the font size after a successful doxygen run you need +# to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML output directory +# to force them to be regenerated. + +FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10 + +# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images +# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are +# not supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers. +# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files +# in the HTML output before the changes have effect. + +FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES + +# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax +# (see http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the +# rendering instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not +# have LaTeX installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML +# output. When enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and +# configure the path to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. + +USE_MATHJAX = NO + +# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the +# HTML output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination +# directory should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax +# directory is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then +# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to +# the MathJax Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without +# installing MathJax. +# However, it is strongly recommended to install a local +# copy of MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment. + +MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest + +# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or MathJax extension +# names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. + +MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = + +# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box +# for the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript +# and DHTML and should work on any modern browser. Note that when using +# HTML help (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets +# (GENERATE_DOCSET) there is already a search function so this one should +# typically be disabled. For large projects the javascript based search engine +# can be slow, then enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. + +SEARCHENGINE = YES + +# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be +# implemented using a PHP enabled web server instead of at the web client +# using Javascript. Doxygen will generate the search PHP script and index +# file to put on the web server. The advantage of the server +# based approach is that it scales better to large projects and allows +# full text search. The disadvantages are that it is more difficult to setup +# and does not have live searching capabilities. + +SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the LaTeX output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# generate Latex output. + +GENERATE_LATEX = YES + +# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. +# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be +# put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path. + +LATEX_OUTPUT = latex + +# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be +# invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name. +# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for +# generating bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the +# Makefile that is written to the output directory. + +LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex + +# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to +# generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the +# default command name. + +MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex + +# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact +# LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to +# save some trees in general. + +COMPACT_LATEX = NO + +# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used +# by the printer. Possible values are: a4, letter, legal and +# executive. If left blank a4wide will be used. + +PAPER_TYPE = a4 + +# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX +# packages that should be included in the LaTeX output. + +EXTRA_PACKAGES = + +# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for +# the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until +# the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a +# standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing! + +LATEX_HEADER = + +# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for +# the generated latex document. The footer should contain everything after +# the last chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a +# standard footer. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing! + +LATEX_FOOTER = + +# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated +# is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will +# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references +# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer. + +PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES + +# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of +# plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a +# higher quality PDF documentation. + +USE_PDFLATEX = YES + +# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode. +# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep +# running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. +# This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML. + +LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO + +# If LATEX_HIDE_INDICES is set to YES then doxygen will not +# include the index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) +# in the output. + +LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO + +# If LATEX_SOURCE_CODE is set to YES then doxygen will include +# source code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output. +# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings +# such as SOURCE_BROWSER. + +LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO + +# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the +# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. The default style is "plain". See +# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info. + +LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the RTF output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output +# The RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with +# other RTF readers or editors. + +GENERATE_RTF = NO + +# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. +# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be +# put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path. + +RTF_OUTPUT = rtf + +# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact +# RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to +# save some trees in general. + +COMPACT_RTF = NO + +# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated +# will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will +# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. +# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other +# programs which support those fields. +# Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links. + +RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO + +# Load style sheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's +# config file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide +# replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value. + +RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE = + +# Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document. +# Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file. + +RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the man page output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# generate man pages + +GENERATE_MAN = NO + +# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. +# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be +# put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path. + +MAN_OUTPUT = man + +# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to +# the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3) + +MAN_EXTENSION = .3 + +# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output, +# then it will generate one additional man file for each entity +# documented in the real man page(s). These additional files +# only source the real man page, but without them the man command +# would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO. + +MAN_LINKS = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the XML output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will +# generate an XML file that captures the structure of +# the code including all documentation. + +GENERATE_XML = NO + +# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. +# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be +# put in front of it. If left blank `xml' will be used as the default path. + +XML_OUTPUT = xml + +# The XML_SCHEMA tag can be used to specify an XML schema, +# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the +# syntax of the XML files. + +XML_SCHEMA = + +# The XML_DTD tag can be used to specify an XML DTD, +# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the +# syntax of the XML files. + +XML_DTD = + +# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES Doxygen will +# dump the program listings (including syntax highlighting +# and cross-referencing information) to the XML output. Note that +# enabling this will significantly increase the size of the XML output. + +XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will +# generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file +# that captures the structure of the code including all +# documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental +# and incomplete at the moment. + +GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the Perl module output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES Doxygen will +# generate a Perl module file that captures the structure of +# the code including all documentation. Note that this +# feature is still experimental and incomplete at the +# moment. + +GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO + +# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate +# the necessary Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able +# to generate PDF and DVI output from the Perl module output. + +PERLMOD_LATEX = NO + +# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be +# nicely formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. +# This is useful +# if you want to understand what is going on. +# On the other hand, if this +# tag is set to NO the size of the Perl module output will be much smaller +# and Perl will parse it just the same. + +PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES + +# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file +# are prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. +# This is useful so different doxyrules.make files included by the same +# Makefile don't overwrite each other's variables. + +PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the preprocessor +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include +# files. + +ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES + +# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro +# names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional +# compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled +# way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES. + +MACRO_EXPANSION = NO + +# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES +# then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the +# PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags. + +EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = NO + +# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files +# pointed to by INCLUDE_PATH will be searched when a #include is found. + +SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES + +# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by +# the preprocessor. + +INCLUDE_PATH = + +# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard +# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the +# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will +# be used. + +INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS = + +# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that +# are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of +# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name +# or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are +# omitted =1 is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being +# undefined via #undef or recursively expanded use the := operator +# instead of the = operator. + +PREDEFINED = + +# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then +# this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. +# The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. +# Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition that +# overrules the definition found in the source code. + +EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = + +# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then +# doxygen's preprocessor will remove all references to function-like macros +# that are alone on a line, have an all uppercase name, and do not end with a +# semicolon, because these will confuse the parser if not removed. + +SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration::additions related to external references +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The TAGFILES option can be used to specify one or more tagfiles. For each +# tag file the location of the external documentation should be added. The +# format of a tag file without this location is as follows: +# +# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ... +# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows: +# +# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ... +# where "loc1" and "loc2" can be relative or absolute paths +# or URLs. Note that each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does +# NOT include the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which +# doxygen is run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here. + +TAGFILES = + +# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create +# a tag file that is based on the input files it reads. + +GENERATE_TAGFILE = + +# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed +# in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes +# will be listed. + +ALLEXTERNALS = NO + +# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed +# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will +# be listed. + +EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES + +# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script +# interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl'). + +PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the dot tool +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# generate a inheritance diagram (in HTML, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base +# or super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that +# this option also works with HAVE_DOT disabled, but it is recommended to +# install and use dot, since it yields more powerful graphs. + +CLASS_DIAGRAMS = YES + +# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc +# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see +# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/) to produce the chart and insert it in the +# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where +# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the +# default search path. + +MSCGEN_PATH = + +# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide +# inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented +# or is not a class. + +HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES + +# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is +# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization +# toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section +# have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default) + +HAVE_DOT = NO + +# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is +# allowed to run in parallel. When set to 0 (the default) doxygen will +# base this on the number of processors available in the system. You can set it +# explicitly to a value larger than 0 to get control over the balance +# between CPU load and processing speed. + +DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0 + +# By default doxygen will use the Helvetica font for all dot files that +# doxygen generates. When you want a differently looking font you can specify +# the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make sure dot is able to find +# the font, which can be done by putting it in a standard location or by setting +# the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by setting DOT_FONTPATH to the +# directory containing the font. + +DOT_FONTNAME = Helvetica + +# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size of the font of dot graphs. +# The default size is 10pt. + +DOT_FONTSIZE = 10 + +# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the Helvetica font. +# If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can use DOT_FONTPATH to +# set the path where dot can find it. + +DOT_FONTPATH = + +# If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen +# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and +# indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the +# CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO. + +CLASS_GRAPH = YES + +# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen +# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and +# indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and +# class references variables) of the class with other documented classes. + +COLLABORATION_GRAPH = YES + +# If the GROUP_GRAPHS and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen +# will generate a graph for groups, showing the direct groups dependencies + +GROUP_GRAPHS = YES + +# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and +# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling +# Language. + +UML_LOOK = NO + +# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside +# the class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the +# graph may become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS +# threshold limits the number of items for each type to make the size more +# managable. Set this to 0 for no limit. Note that the threshold may be +# exceeded by 50% before the limit is enforced. + +UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10 + +# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the +# relations between templates and their instances. + +TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO + +# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT +# tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented +# file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with +# other documented files. + +INCLUDE_GRAPH = YES + +# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and +# HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each +# documented header file showing the documented files that directly or +# indirectly include this file. + +INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = YES + +# If the CALL_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT options are set to YES then +# doxygen will generate a call dependency graph for every global function +# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase +# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs +# for selected functions only using the \callgraph command. + +CALL_GRAPH = NO + +# If the CALLER_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then +# doxygen will generate a caller dependency graph for every global function +# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase +# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable caller +# graphs for selected functions only using the \callergraph command. + +CALLER_GRAPH = NO + +# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen +# will generate a graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one. + +GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = YES + +# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES +# then doxygen will show the dependencies a directory has on other directories +# in a graphical way. The dependency relations are determined by the #include +# relations between the files in the directories. + +DIRECTORY_GRAPH = YES + +# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images +# generated by dot. Possible values are svg, png, jpg, or gif. +# If left blank png will be used. If you choose svg you need to set +# HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make the SVG files +# visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this requirement). + +DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png + +# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to +# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning. +# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. +# Tested and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera. For IE 9+ you +# need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make the SVG files +# visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support. + +INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO + +# The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be +# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path. + +DOT_PATH = + +# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the +# \dotfile command). + +DOTFILE_DIRS = + +# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the +# \mscfile command). + +MSCFILE_DIRS = + +# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of +# nodes that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph +# becomes larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is +# visualized by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the +# number of direct children of the root node in a graph is already larger than +# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note +# that the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH. + +DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 50 + +# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the +# graphs generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable +# from the root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes +# that lay further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this +# option to 1 or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large +# code bases. Also note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by +# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction. + +MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 0 + +# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent +# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not +# seem to support this out of the box. Warning: Depending on the platform used, +# enabling this option may lead to badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of +# a graph (i.e. they become hard to read). + +DOT_TRANSPARENT = NO + +# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output +# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This +# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) +# support this, this feature is disabled by default. + +DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = YES + +# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and +# arrows in the dot generated graphs. + +GENERATE_LEGEND = YES + +# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# remove the intermediate dot files that are used to generate +# the various graphs. + +DOT_CLEANUP = YES diff -r 3e4ac23938e1 -r cf1fdb254c41 doc/help/CMakeLists.txt --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/doc/help/CMakeLists.txt Mon Sep 22 13:02:11 2014 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +# Copyright (C) 2014 by Bundesamt für Sicherheit in der Informationstechnik +# Software engineering by Intevation GmbH +# +# This file is Free Software under the GNU GPL (v>=2) +# and comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY! +# See LICENSE.txt for details. + +if(NOT DEFINED SPHINX_THEME) + set(SPHINX_THEME better) +endif() + +if(NOT DEFINED SPHINX_THEME_DIR) + set(SPHINX_THEME_DIR "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/theme") +endif() + +set(ADMIN_MANUAL_IN "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/admin-manual") +set(ADMIN_MANUAL_OUT "${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/admin-manual") +set(HELP_MANUAL_IN "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/help-manual") +set(HELP_MANUAL_OUT "${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/help-manual") + + +# configured documentation tools and intermediate build results +set(BINARY_BUILD_DIR_ADMIN "${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/_build-admin") +set(BINARY_BUILD_DIR_HELP "${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/_build-help") + +# Sphinx cache with pickled ReST documents +set(SPHINX_CACHE_DIR_ADMIN "${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/_doctrees-admin") +set(SPHINX_CACHE_DIR_HELP "${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/_doctrees-help") + +# HTML output directory +set(SPHINX_HTML_DIR_ADMIN "${ADMIN_MANUAL_OUT}/html") +set(SPHINX_HTML_DIR_HELP "${HELP_MANUAL_OUT}/html") + +configure_file( + "${ADMIN_MANUAL_IN}/conf.py.in" + "${BINARY_BUILD_DIR_ADMIN}/conf.py" + @ONLY) + +configure_file( + "${HELP_MANUAL_IN}/conf.py.in" + "${BINARY_BUILD_DIR_HELP}/conf.py" + @ONLY) + +add_custom_target(admin_manual ALL + ${SPHINX_EXECUTABLE} + -q -b html + -c "${BINARY_BUILD_DIR_ADMIN}" + -d "${SPHINX_CACHE_DIR_ADMIN}" + "${ADMIN_MANUAL_IN}" + "${SPHINX_HTML_DIR_ADMIN}" + COMMENT "Building HTML Admin documentation with Sphinx") + +add_custom_target(help_manual ALL + ${SPHINX_EXECUTABLE} + -q -b html + -c "${BINARY_BUILD_DIR_HELP}" + -d "${SPHINX_CACHE_DIR_HELP}" + "${HELP_MANUAL_IN}" + "${SPHINX_HTML_DIR_HELP}" + COMMENT "Building HTML Help with Sphinx") diff -r 3e4ac23938e1 -r cf1fdb254c41 doc/help/README.txt --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/doc/help/README.txt Mon Sep 22 13:02:11 2014 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +TrustBridge documentation +========================= + +The TrustBridge documentation should be build automatically by the +default target in cmake if sphinx is found. + +Requirements on ubuntu 14.4: +python-sphinx + +How to build TrustBridge documentation manually +=============================================== + +The TrustBridge documentation based on Sphinx . +Please install the requirements before you build the documentation. + + $ virtualenv .venv + $ . .venv/bin/activate + (.venv) pip install -r requirements.txt + + +Build TrustBridge help pages: + (.venv) cd help-manual + (.venv) make html + + => Open HTML output: _build/html/index.html + + +Build TrustBridge Admin help pages: + (.venv) cd admin-manual + (.venv) make html + + => Open HTML output: _build/html/index.html + diff -r 3e4ac23938e1 -r cf1fdb254c41 doc/help/admin/Makefile --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/doc/help/admin/Makefile Mon Sep 22 13:02:11 2014 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,153 @@ +# Makefile for Sphinx documentation +# + +# You can set these variables from the command line. +SPHINXOPTS = +SPHINXBUILD = sphinx-build +PAPER = +BUILDDIR = _build + +# Internal variables. +PAPEROPT_a4 = -D latex_paper_size=a4 +PAPEROPT_letter = -D latex_paper_size=letter +ALLSPHINXOPTS = -d $(BUILDDIR)/doctrees $(PAPEROPT_$(PAPER)) $(SPHINXOPTS) . +# the i18n builder cannot share the environment and doctrees with the others +I18NSPHINXOPTS = $(PAPEROPT_$(PAPER)) $(SPHINXOPTS) . + +.PHONY: help clean html dirhtml singlehtml pickle json htmlhelp qthelp devhelp epub latex latexpdf text man changes linkcheck doctest gettext + +help: + @echo "Please use \`make ' where is one of" + @echo " html to make standalone HTML files" + @echo " dirhtml to make HTML files named index.html in directories" + @echo " singlehtml to make a single large HTML file" + @echo " pickle to make pickle files" + @echo " json to make JSON files" + @echo " htmlhelp to make HTML files and a HTML help project" + @echo " qthelp to make HTML files and a qthelp project" + @echo " devhelp to make HTML files and a Devhelp project" + @echo " epub to make an epub" + @echo " latex to make LaTeX files, you can set PAPER=a4 or PAPER=letter" + @echo " latexpdf to make LaTeX files and run them through pdflatex" + @echo " text to make text files" + @echo " man to make manual pages" + @echo " texinfo to make Texinfo files" + @echo " info to make Texinfo files and run them through makeinfo" + @echo " gettext to make PO message catalogs" + @echo " changes to make an overview of all changed/added/deprecated items" + @echo " linkcheck to check all external links for integrity" + @echo " doctest to run all doctests embedded in the documentation (if enabled)" + +clean: + -rm -rf $(BUILDDIR)/* + +html: + $(SPHINXBUILD) -b html $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/html + @echo + @echo "Build finished. The HTML pages are in $(BUILDDIR)/html." + +dirhtml: + $(SPHINXBUILD) -b dirhtml $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/dirhtml + @echo + @echo "Build finished. The HTML pages are in $(BUILDDIR)/dirhtml." + +singlehtml: + $(SPHINXBUILD) -b singlehtml $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/singlehtml + @echo + @echo "Build finished. The HTML page is in $(BUILDDIR)/singlehtml." + +pickle: + $(SPHINXBUILD) -b pickle $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/pickle + @echo + @echo "Build finished; now you can process the pickle files." + +json: + $(SPHINXBUILD) -b json $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/json + @echo + @echo "Build finished; now you can process the JSON files." + +htmlhelp: + $(SPHINXBUILD) -b htmlhelp $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/htmlhelp + @echo + @echo "Build finished; now you can run HTML Help Workshop with the" \ + ".hhp project file in $(BUILDDIR)/htmlhelp." + +qthelp: + $(SPHINXBUILD) -b qthelp $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/qthelp + @echo + @echo "Build finished; now you can run "qcollectiongenerator" with the" \ + ".qhcp project file in $(BUILDDIR)/qthelp, like this:" + @echo "# qcollectiongenerator $(BUILDDIR)/qthelp/Dokumentationsvorlage.qhcp" + @echo "To view the help file:" + @echo "# assistant -collectionFile $(BUILDDIR)/qthelp/Dokumentationsvorlage.qhc" + +devhelp: + $(SPHINXBUILD) -b devhelp $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/devhelp + @echo + @echo "Build finished." + @echo "To view the help file:" + @echo "# mkdir -p $$HOME/.local/share/devhelp/Dokumentationsvorlage" + @echo "# ln -s $(BUILDDIR)/devhelp $$HOME/.local/share/devhelp/Dokumentationsvorlage" + @echo "# devhelp" + +epub: + $(SPHINXBUILD) -b epub $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/epub + @echo + @echo "Build finished. The epub file is in $(BUILDDIR)/epub." + +latex: + $(SPHINXBUILD) -b latex $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/latex + @echo + @echo "Build finished; the LaTeX files are in $(BUILDDIR)/latex." + @echo "Run \`make' in that directory to run these through (pdf)latex" \ + "(use \`make latexpdf' here to do that automatically)." + +latexpdf: + $(SPHINXBUILD) -b latex $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/latex + @echo "Running LaTeX files through pdflatex..." + $(MAKE) -C $(BUILDDIR)/latex all-pdf + @echo "pdflatex finished; the PDF files are in $(BUILDDIR)/latex." + +text: + $(SPHINXBUILD) -b text $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/text + @echo + @echo "Build finished. The text files are in $(BUILDDIR)/text." + +man: + $(SPHINXBUILD) -b man $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/man + @echo + @echo "Build finished. The manual pages are in $(BUILDDIR)/man." + +texinfo: + $(SPHINXBUILD) -b texinfo $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/texinfo + @echo + @echo "Build finished. The Texinfo files are in $(BUILDDIR)/texinfo." + @echo "Run \`make' in that directory to run these through makeinfo" \ + "(use \`make info' here to do that automatically)." + +info: + $(SPHINXBUILD) -b texinfo $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/texinfo + @echo "Running Texinfo files through makeinfo..." + make -C $(BUILDDIR)/texinfo info + @echo "makeinfo finished; the Info files are in $(BUILDDIR)/texinfo." + +gettext: + $(SPHINXBUILD) -b gettext $(I18NSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/locale + @echo + @echo "Build finished. The message catalogs are in $(BUILDDIR)/locale." + +changes: + $(SPHINXBUILD) -b changes $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/changes + @echo + @echo "The overview file is in $(BUILDDIR)/changes." + +linkcheck: + $(SPHINXBUILD) -b linkcheck $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/linkcheck + @echo + @echo "Link check complete; look for any errors in the above output " \ + "or in $(BUILDDIR)/linkcheck/output.txt." + +doctest: + $(SPHINXBUILD) -b doctest $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/doctest + @echo "Testing of doctests in the sources finished, look at the " \ + "results in $(BUILDDIR)/doctest/output.txt." diff -r 3e4ac23938e1 -r cf1fdb254c41 doc/help/admin/_static/extra-style.css --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/doc/help/admin/_static/extra-style.css Mon Sep 22 13:02:11 2014 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +.figure img { + border: 1px solid lightgrey; + margin-bottom: 10px; + padding: 4px; +} +.figure .caption { + margin-top: 0px; + margin-bottom: 20px; +} diff -r 3e4ac23938e1 -r cf1fdb254c41 doc/help/admin/_templates/searchbox.html --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/doc/help/admin/_templates/searchbox.html Mon Sep 22 13:02:11 2014 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +{# + basic/searchbox.html + ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + + Sphinx sidebar template: quick search box. + + :copyright: Copyright 2007-2014 by the Sphinx team, see AUTHORS. + :license: BSD, see LICENSE for details. +#} +{%- if pagename != "search" and builder != "singlehtml" %} + +

+ +{%- endif %} diff -r 3e4ac23938e1 -r cf1fdb254c41 doc/help/admin/bedienung.rst --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/doc/help/admin/bedienung.rst Mon Sep 22 13:02:11 2014 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +Die grafische Oberfläche +======================== + + +Die **TrustBridge-Verwaltungsanwendung** ... + +TODO: Screenshot diff -r 3e4ac23938e1 -r cf1fdb254c41 doc/help/admin/conf.py --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/doc/help/admin/conf.py Mon Sep 22 13:02:11 2014 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,240 @@ +# -*- coding: utf-8 -*- +# +# Dokumentationsvorlage documentation build configuration file, created by +# sphinx-quickstart on Fri Dec 14 12:07:59 2012. +# +# This file is execfile()d with the current directory set to its containing dir. +# +# Note that not all possible configuration values are present in this +# autogenerated file. +# +# All configuration values have a default; values that are commented out +# serve to show the default. + +import sys, os + +# If extensions (or modules to document with autodoc) are in another directory, +# add these directories to sys.path here. If the directory is relative to the +# documentation root, use os.path.abspath to make it absolute, like shown here. +#sys.path.insert(0, os.path.abspath('extensions')) + +# -- General configuration ----------------------------------------------------- + +# If your documentation needs a minimal Sphinx version, state it here. +#needs_sphinx = '1.0' + +# Add any Sphinx extension module names here, as strings. They can be extensions +# coming with Sphinx (named 'sphinx.ext.*') or your custom ones. +#extensions = [''] + +# Add any paths that contain templates here, relative to this directory. +templates_path = ['_templates'] + +# The suffix of source filenames. +source_suffix = '.rst' + +# The encoding of source files. +#source_encoding = 'utf-8-sig' + +# The master toctree document. +master_doc = 'index' + +# General information about the project. +project = u'TrustBridge-Hilfe' +copyright = u'2014, BSI' + +# The version info for the project you're documenting, acts as replacement for +# |version| and |release|, also used in various other places throughout the +# built documents. +# +# The short X.Y version. +version = '1.0' +# The full version, including alpha/beta/rc tags. +release = '1.0' + +# The language for content autogenerated by Sphinx. Refer to documentation +# for a list of supported languages. +language = 'de' + +# There are two options for replacing |today|: either, you set today to some +# non-false value, then it is used: +#today = '' +# Else, today_fmt is used as the format for a strftime call. +#today_fmt = '%B %d, %Y' + +# List of patterns, relative to source directory, that match files and +# directories to ignore when looking for source files. +exclude_patterns = ['_build'] + +# The reST default role (used for this markup: `text`) to use for all documents. +#default_role = None + +# If true, '()' will be appended to :func: etc. cross-reference text. +#add_function_parentheses = True + +# If true, the current module name will be prepended to all description +# unit titles (such as .. function::). +#add_module_names = True + +# If true, sectionauthor and moduleauthor directives will be shown in the +# output. They are ignored by default. +#show_authors = False + +# The name of the Pygments (syntax highlighting) style to use. +pygments_style = 'sphinx' + +# A list of ignored prefixes for module index sorting. +#modindex_common_prefix = [] + + +# -- Options for HTML output --------------------------------------------------- + +# The theme to use for HTML and HTML Help pages. See the documentation for +# a list of builtin themes. +from better import better_theme_path +html_theme_path = [better_theme_path] +html_theme = 'better' + +# Theme options are theme-specific and customize the look and feel of a theme +# further. For a list of options available for each theme, see the +# documentation. +html_theme_options = { + 'linktotheme': False, + 'cssfiles': ['_static/extra-style.css'], +} + +# Add any paths that contain custom themes here, relative to this directory. +#html_theme_path = [] + +# The name for this set of Sphinx documents. If None, it defaults to +# " v documentation". +html_title = 'TrustBridge-Verwaltung Hilfe' + +# A shorter title for the navigation bar. Default is the same as html_title. +html_short_title = 'Home' + +# The name of an image file (relative to this directory) to place at the top +# of the sidebar. +#html_logo = None + +# The name of an image file (within the static path) to use as favicon of the +# docs. This file should be a Windows icon file (.ico) being 16x16 or 32x32 +# pixels large. +#html_favicon = None + +# Add any paths that contain custom static files (such as style sheets) here, +# relative to this directory. They are copied after the builtin static files, +# so a file named "default.css" will overwrite the builtin "default.css". +html_static_path = ['_static'] + +# If not '', a 'Last updated on:' timestamp is inserted at every page bottom, +# using the given strftime format. +#html_last_updated_fmt = '%b %d, %Y' + +# If true, SmartyPants will be used to convert quotes and dashes to +# typographically correct entities. +#html_use_smartypants = True + +# Custom sidebar templates, maps document names to template names. +html_sidebars = { + '**': ['globaltoc.html', 'searchbox.html'], +} + +# Additional templates that should be rendered to pages, maps page names to +# template names. +#html_additional_pages = {} + +# If false, no module index is generated. +#html_domain_indices = True + +# If false, no index is generated. +#html_use_index = True + +# If true, the index is split into individual pages for each letter. +#html_split_index = False + +# If true, links to the reST sources are added to the pages. +#html_show_sourcelink = True + +# If true, "Created using Sphinx" is shown in the HTML footer. Default is True. +html_show_sphinx = False + +# If true, "(C) Copyright ..." is shown in the HTML footer. Default is True. +#html_show_copyright = True + +# If true, an OpenSearch description file will be output, and all pages will +# contain a tag referring to it. The value of this option must be the +# base URL from which the finished HTML is served. +#html_use_opensearch = '' + +# This is the file name suffix for HTML files (e.g. ".xhtml"). +#html_file_suffix = None + +# Output file base name for HTML help builder. +# htmlhelp_basename = '' + + +# -- Options for LaTeX output -------------------------------------------------- + +latex_elements = { +# The paper size ('letterpaper' or 'a4paper'). +'papersize': 'a4paper,oneside', + +# The font size ('10pt', '11pt' or '12pt'). +'pointsize': '11pt', + +# Additional stuff for the LaTeX preamble. +'preamble': + '\\usepackage{colortbl} '\ + '\\usepackage{booktabs} '\ + '\\usepackage{tabularx} '\ + '\\newcommand{\\projecttitle}{} '\ + '\\newcommand{\\documenttype}{TrustBridge-Verwaltungsanwendung} '\ + '\\newcommand{\\documentdate}{12. August 2014} '\ + '\\newcommand{\\documentversion}{Version 0.1} '\ + '\\newcommand{\\customer}{BSI} '\ + '', + +'babel': '\usepackage[ngerman]{babel}', +'fncychap' : '', + +'maketitle': + # Titelseite + '\\includegraphics[height=2cm]{brieflogo-neu.png} \\\\[2.5cm] '\ + '{\\sffamily\\bfseries\\large \\projecttitle \\\\[0.5cm] '\ + '\\huge \\documenttype \\\\[2.5cm]'\ + '\\small \\documentdate, \\documentversion \\\\[2.5cm]'\ + '\\sffamily\\bfseries\\small '\ + 'Autor: Intevation GmbH\\\\[1.0cm] '\ + '} '\ + '', +} + +# Grouping the document tree into LaTeX files. List of tuples +# (source start file, target name, title, author, documentclass [howto/manual]). +latex_documents = [ + ('index', 'TrustBridge-Verwaltungsanwendung.tex', u'TrustBridge-Verwaltungsanwendung', + u'Intevation GmbH', 'manual'), +] + +latex_docclass = { 'manual': 'scrreprt', } + +# The name of an image file (relative to this directory) to place at the top of +# the title page. +#latex_logo = None + +# For "manual" documents, if this is true, then toplevel headings are parts, +# not chapters. +latex_use_parts = False + +# If true, show page references after internal links. +#latex_show_pagerefs = False + +# If true, show URL addresses after external links. +#latex_show_urls = False + +# Documents to append as an appendix to all manuals. +#latex_appendices = [] + +# If false, no module index is generated. +#latex_domain_indices = True diff -r 3e4ac23938e1 -r cf1fdb254c41 doc/help/admin/conf.py.in --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/doc/help/admin/conf.py.in Mon Sep 22 13:02:11 2014 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,239 @@ +# -*- coding: utf-8 -*- +# +# Dokumentationsvorlage documentation build configuration file, created by +# sphinx-quickstart on Fri Dec 14 12:07:59 2012. +# +# This file is execfile()d with the current directory set to its containing dir. +# +# Note that not all possible configuration values are present in this +# autogenerated file. +# +# All configuration values have a default; values that are commented out +# serve to show the default. + +import sys, os + +# If extensions (or modules to document with autodoc) are in another directory, +# add these directories to sys.path here. If the directory is relative to the +# documentation root, use os.path.abspath to make it absolute, like shown here. +#sys.path.insert(0, os.path.abspath('extensions')) + +# -- General configuration ----------------------------------------------------- + +# If your documentation needs a minimal Sphinx version, state it here. +#needs_sphinx = '1.0' + +# Add any Sphinx extension module names here, as strings. They can be extensions +# coming with Sphinx (named 'sphinx.ext.*') or your custom ones. +#extensions = [''] + +# Add any paths that contain templates here, relative to this directory. +templates_path = ['_templates'] + +# The suffix of source filenames. +source_suffix = '.rst' + +# The encoding of source files. +#source_encoding = 'utf-8-sig' + +# The master toctree document. +master_doc = 'index' + +# General information about the project. +project = u'TrustBridge-Hilfe' +copyright = u'2014, BSI' + +# The version info for the project you're documenting, acts as replacement for +# |version| and |release|, also used in various other places throughout the +# built documents. +# +# The short X.Y version. +version = '@HG_REVISION_TAG@' +# The full version, including alpha/beta/rc tags. +release = '@PROJECT_VERSION@' + +# The language for content autogenerated by Sphinx. Refer to documentation +# for a list of supported languages. +language = 'de' + +# There are two options for replacing |today|: either, you set today to some +# non-false value, then it is used: +#today = '' +# Else, today_fmt is used as the format for a strftime call. +#today_fmt = '%B %d, %Y' + +# List of patterns, relative to source directory, that match files and +# directories to ignore when looking for source files. +exclude_patterns = ['_build'] + +# The reST default role (used for this markup: `text`) to use for all documents. +#default_role = None + +# If true, '()' will be appended to :func: etc. cross-reference text. +#add_function_parentheses = True + +# If true, the current module name will be prepended to all description +# unit titles (such as .. function::). +#add_module_names = True + +# If true, sectionauthor and moduleauthor directives will be shown in the +# output. They are ignored by default. +#show_authors = False + +# The name of the Pygments (syntax highlighting) style to use. +pygments_style = 'sphinx' + +# A list of ignored prefixes for module index sorting. +#modindex_common_prefix = [] + + +# -- Options for HTML output --------------------------------------------------- + +# The theme to use for HTML and HTML Help pages. See the documentation for +# a list of builtin themes. +html_theme_path = ['@SPHINX_THEME_DIR@'] +html_theme = '@SPHINX_THEME@' + +# Theme options are theme-specific and customize the look and feel of a theme +# further. For a list of options available for each theme, see the +# documentation. +html_theme_options = { + 'linktotheme': False, + 'cssfiles': ['@ADMIN_MANUAL_IN@/_static/extra-style.css'], +} + +# Add any paths that contain custom themes here, relative to this directory. +#html_theme_path = [] + +# The name for this set of Sphinx documents. If None, it defaults to +# " v documentation". +html_title = 'TrustBridge-Verwaltung Hilfe' + +# A shorter title for the navigation bar. Default is the same as html_title. +html_short_title = 'Home' + +# The name of an image file (relative to this directory) to place at the top +# of the sidebar. +#html_logo = None + +# The name of an image file (within the static path) to use as favicon of the +# docs. This file should be a Windows icon file (.ico) being 16x16 or 32x32 +# pixels large. +#html_favicon = None + +# Add any paths that contain custom static files (such as style sheets) here, +# relative to this directory. They are copied after the builtin static files, +# so a file named "default.css" will overwrite the builtin "default.css". +html_static_path = ['@ADMIN_MANUAL_IN@/_static'] + +# If not '', a 'Last updated on:' timestamp is inserted at every page bottom, +# using the given strftime format. +#html_last_updated_fmt = '%b %d, %Y' + +# If true, SmartyPants will be used to convert quotes and dashes to +# typographically correct entities. +#html_use_smartypants = True + +# Custom sidebar templates, maps document names to template names. +html_sidebars = { + '**': ['globaltoc.html', 'searchbox.html'], +} + +# Additional templates that should be rendered to pages, maps page names to +# template names. +#html_additional_pages = {} + +# If false, no module index is generated. +#html_domain_indices = True + +# If false, no index is generated. +#html_use_index = True + +# If true, the index is split into individual pages for each letter. +#html_split_index = False + +# If true, links to the reST sources are added to the pages. +#html_show_sourcelink = True + +# If true, "Created using Sphinx" is shown in the HTML footer. Default is True. +html_show_sphinx = False + +# If true, "(C) Copyright ..." is shown in the HTML footer. Default is True. +#html_show_copyright = True + +# If true, an OpenSearch description file will be output, and all pages will +# contain a tag referring to it. The value of this option must be the +# base URL from which the finished HTML is served. +#html_use_opensearch = '' + +# This is the file name suffix for HTML files (e.g. ".xhtml"). +#html_file_suffix = None + +# Output file base name for HTML help builder. +# htmlhelp_basename = '' + + +# -- Options for LaTeX output -------------------------------------------------- + +latex_elements = { +# The paper size ('letterpaper' or 'a4paper'). +'papersize': 'a4paper,oneside', + +# The font size ('10pt', '11pt' or '12pt'). +'pointsize': '11pt', + +# Additional stuff for the LaTeX preamble. +'preamble': + '\\usepackage{colortbl} '\ + '\\usepackage{booktabs} '\ + '\\usepackage{tabularx} '\ + '\\newcommand{\\projecttitle}{} '\ + '\\newcommand{\\documenttype}{TrustBridge-Verwaltungsanwendung} '\ + '\\newcommand{\\documentdate}{12. August 2014} '\ + '\\newcommand{\\documentversion}{Version 0.1} '\ + '\\newcommand{\\customer}{BSI} '\ + '', + +'babel': '\usepackage[ngerman]{babel}', +'fncychap' : '', + +'maketitle': + # Titelseite + '\\includegraphics[height=2cm]{brieflogo-neu.png} \\\\[2.5cm] '\ + '{\\sffamily\\bfseries\\large \\projecttitle \\\\[0.5cm] '\ + '\\huge \\documenttype \\\\[2.5cm]'\ + '\\small \\documentdate, \\documentversion \\\\[2.5cm]'\ + '\\sffamily\\bfseries\\small '\ + 'Autor: Intevation GmbH\\\\[1.0cm] '\ + '} '\ + '', +} + +# Grouping the document tree into LaTeX files. List of tuples +# (source start file, target name, title, author, documentclass [howto/manual]). +latex_documents = [ + ('index', 'TrustBridge-Verwaltungsanwendung.tex', u'TrustBridge-Verwaltungsanwendung', + u'Intevation GmbH', 'manual'), +] + +latex_docclass = { 'manual': 'scrreprt', } + +# The name of an image file (relative to this directory) to place at the top of +# the title page. +#latex_logo = None + +# For "manual" documents, if this is true, then toplevel headings are parts, +# not chapters. +latex_use_parts = False + +# If true, show page references after internal links. +#latex_show_pagerefs = False + +# If true, show URL addresses after external links. +#latex_show_urls = False + +# Documents to append as an appendix to all manuals. +#latex_appendices = [] + +# If false, no module index is generated. +#latex_domain_indices = True diff -r 3e4ac23938e1 -r cf1fdb254c41 doc/help/admin/index.rst --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/doc/help/admin/index.rst Mon Sep 22 13:02:11 2014 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +Was ist TrustBridge? +==================== + +TrustBridge ist eine Anwendung vom `Bundesamt für Sicherheit in der +Informationstechnik (BSI) `_ für die Verbreitung +von empfohlenen Wurzelzertifikaten. + +TrustBridge macht es Nutzern einfacher, Wurzelzertifikate für eine +X.509-basierende, öffentliche Zertifikatsinfrastruktur (PKI) +einzuspielen und aktuell zu halten. TrustBridge verteilt +Wurzelzertifikate, welche von den Betriebssystemen und Webbrowsern +nicht mitgeliefert werden. Existierende Zertifikate, die korrumpiert +oder missbraucht wurden, können von TrustBridge über eine +Deinstallations-Empfehlung entfernt werden. Dabei ist unerheblich, ob +die Zertifikate auf der Anwenderebene vorher bereits installiert +waren. + +**Wurzelzertifikate** (auch Rootzertifikate genannt) sind die Basis +einer PKI zur Feststellung der Authentizität des +Kommunikationspartners und der Integrität seiner Nachrichten für +verschiedene Anwendungen -- insbesondere bei der Übertragung über +unsichere Kommunikationskanäle, wie dem Internet. + +Ein Wurzelzertifikat dient als Vertrauensanker ("Trust Anchor") für +alle darunter hängenden Zertifikate. Unterhalb der Wurzel folgt eine +Sicherheitskette ("Trust Chain") von ein oder mehreren +Zwischenzertifikaten der Zertifizierungsstellen, gefolgt von den +ausgestellten Zertifikaten für die Anwendungen. Die Zertifikate +sichern per Public-Key-Kryptoverfahren nach dem X.509-v3 Standard +beispielsweise TLS-Verbindungen von Webbrowser zu Webserver (HTTPS) +oder E-Mail-Klient zu E-Mail-Server (IMAPS). Ein weiteres Beispiel ist +die Ende-zu-Ende Absicherung von E-Mail per S/MIME-Standard. + + +Über diese Hilfe +================ +Diese Hilfe unterstützt Sie bei der Bedienung der +TrustBridge-Verwaltungsanwendung und gibt Hinweise zum Betrieb des +Download-Servers. Die Hilfeseiten im Überblick: + +.. toctree:: + :maxdepth: 2 + + installation + bedienung + + +Impressum +========= + +Copyright 2014 Die Rechte liegen beim `Bundesamt für Sicherheit in der +Informationstechnik (BSI) `_. + +TrustBridge wurde von den Unternehmen `Intevation GmbH +`_ und `DN-Systems GmbH +`_ entwickelt, im Auftrag vom BSI. + +Diese TrustBridge-Hilfe ist unter der `Creative Commons CC BY-SA 3.0 +`_ lizensiert. diff -r 3e4ac23938e1 -r cf1fdb254c41 doc/help/admin/installation.rst --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/doc/help/admin/installation.rst Mon Sep 22 13:02:11 2014 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +Installation +============ + +Die TrustBridge-Verwaltungsanwendung läuft unter Windows und GNU/Linux. +Offiziell unterstützt und geprüft sind Windows 7 und Ubuntu 14.04 +(jeweils 64 Bit). + + +TODO: Systemvoraussetzung, Windows, Ubuntu diff -r 3e4ac23938e1 -r cf1fdb254c41 doc/help/client/Makefile --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/doc/help/client/Makefile Mon Sep 22 13:02:11 2014 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,153 @@ +# Makefile for Sphinx documentation +# + +# You can set these variables from the command line. +SPHINXOPTS = +SPHINXBUILD = sphinx-build +PAPER = +BUILDDIR = _build + +# Internal variables. +PAPEROPT_a4 = -D latex_paper_size=a4 +PAPEROPT_letter = -D latex_paper_size=letter +ALLSPHINXOPTS = -d $(BUILDDIR)/doctrees $(PAPEROPT_$(PAPER)) $(SPHINXOPTS) . +# the i18n builder cannot share the environment and doctrees with the others +I18NSPHINXOPTS = $(PAPEROPT_$(PAPER)) $(SPHINXOPTS) . + +.PHONY: help clean html dirhtml singlehtml pickle json htmlhelp qthelp devhelp epub latex latexpdf text man changes linkcheck doctest gettext + +help: + @echo "Please use \`make ' where is one of" + @echo " html to make standalone HTML files" + @echo " dirhtml to make HTML files named index.html in directories" + @echo " singlehtml to make a single large HTML file" + @echo " pickle to make pickle files" + @echo " json to make JSON files" + @echo " htmlhelp to make HTML files and a HTML help project" + @echo " qthelp to make HTML files and a qthelp project" + @echo " devhelp to make HTML files and a Devhelp project" + @echo " epub to make an epub" + @echo " latex to make LaTeX files, you can set PAPER=a4 or PAPER=letter" + @echo " latexpdf to make LaTeX files and run them through pdflatex" + @echo " text to make text files" + @echo " man to make manual pages" + @echo " texinfo to make Texinfo files" + @echo " info to make Texinfo files and run them through makeinfo" + @echo " gettext to make PO message catalogs" + @echo " changes to make an overview of all changed/added/deprecated items" + @echo " linkcheck to check all external links for integrity" + @echo " doctest to run all doctests embedded in the documentation (if enabled)" + +clean: + -rm -rf $(BUILDDIR)/* + +html: + $(SPHINXBUILD) -b html $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/html + @echo + @echo "Build finished. The HTML pages are in $(BUILDDIR)/html." + +dirhtml: + $(SPHINXBUILD) -b dirhtml $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/dirhtml + @echo + @echo "Build finished. The HTML pages are in $(BUILDDIR)/dirhtml." + +singlehtml: + $(SPHINXBUILD) -b singlehtml $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/singlehtml + @echo + @echo "Build finished. The HTML page is in $(BUILDDIR)/singlehtml." + +pickle: + $(SPHINXBUILD) -b pickle $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/pickle + @echo + @echo "Build finished; now you can process the pickle files." + +json: + $(SPHINXBUILD) -b json $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/json + @echo + @echo "Build finished; now you can process the JSON files." + +htmlhelp: + $(SPHINXBUILD) -b htmlhelp $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/htmlhelp + @echo + @echo "Build finished; now you can run HTML Help Workshop with the" \ + ".hhp project file in $(BUILDDIR)/htmlhelp." + +qthelp: + $(SPHINXBUILD) -b qthelp $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/qthelp + @echo + @echo "Build finished; now you can run "qcollectiongenerator" with the" \ + ".qhcp project file in $(BUILDDIR)/qthelp, like this:" + @echo "# qcollectiongenerator $(BUILDDIR)/qthelp/Dokumentationsvorlage.qhcp" + @echo "To view the help file:" + @echo "# assistant -collectionFile $(BUILDDIR)/qthelp/Dokumentationsvorlage.qhc" + +devhelp: + $(SPHINXBUILD) -b devhelp $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/devhelp + @echo + @echo "Build finished." + @echo "To view the help file:" + @echo "# mkdir -p $$HOME/.local/share/devhelp/Dokumentationsvorlage" + @echo "# ln -s $(BUILDDIR)/devhelp $$HOME/.local/share/devhelp/Dokumentationsvorlage" + @echo "# devhelp" + +epub: + $(SPHINXBUILD) -b epub $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/epub + @echo + @echo "Build finished. The epub file is in $(BUILDDIR)/epub." + +latex: + $(SPHINXBUILD) -b latex $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/latex + @echo + @echo "Build finished; the LaTeX files are in $(BUILDDIR)/latex." + @echo "Run \`make' in that directory to run these through (pdf)latex" \ + "(use \`make latexpdf' here to do that automatically)." + +latexpdf: + $(SPHINXBUILD) -b latex $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/latex + @echo "Running LaTeX files through pdflatex..." + $(MAKE) -C $(BUILDDIR)/latex all-pdf + @echo "pdflatex finished; the PDF files are in $(BUILDDIR)/latex." + +text: + $(SPHINXBUILD) -b text $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/text + @echo + @echo "Build finished. The text files are in $(BUILDDIR)/text." + +man: + $(SPHINXBUILD) -b man $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/man + @echo + @echo "Build finished. The manual pages are in $(BUILDDIR)/man." + +texinfo: + $(SPHINXBUILD) -b texinfo $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/texinfo + @echo + @echo "Build finished. The Texinfo files are in $(BUILDDIR)/texinfo." + @echo "Run \`make' in that directory to run these through makeinfo" \ + "(use \`make info' here to do that automatically)." + +info: + $(SPHINXBUILD) -b texinfo $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/texinfo + @echo "Running Texinfo files through makeinfo..." + make -C $(BUILDDIR)/texinfo info + @echo "makeinfo finished; the Info files are in $(BUILDDIR)/texinfo." + +gettext: + $(SPHINXBUILD) -b gettext $(I18NSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/locale + @echo + @echo "Build finished. The message catalogs are in $(BUILDDIR)/locale." + +changes: + $(SPHINXBUILD) -b changes $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/changes + @echo + @echo "The overview file is in $(BUILDDIR)/changes." + +linkcheck: + $(SPHINXBUILD) -b linkcheck $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/linkcheck + @echo + @echo "Link check complete; look for any errors in the above output " \ + "or in $(BUILDDIR)/linkcheck/output.txt." + +doctest: + $(SPHINXBUILD) -b doctest $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/doctest + @echo "Testing of doctests in the sources finished, look at the " \ + "results in $(BUILDDIR)/doctest/output.txt." diff -r 3e4ac23938e1 -r cf1fdb254c41 doc/help/client/_static/bsi-logo.png Binary file doc/help/client/_static/bsi-logo.png has changed diff -r 3e4ac23938e1 -r cf1fdb254c41 doc/help/client/_static/extra-style.css --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/doc/help/client/_static/extra-style.css Mon Sep 22 13:02:11 2014 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +.figure img { + border: 1px solid lightgrey; + margin-bottom: 10px; + padding: 4px; +} +.figure .caption { + margin-top: 0px; + margin-bottom: 20px; +} +tt { + font-size: 1.1em; + background-color: transparent; +} +#pageheader img { + float: left; + margin-right: 10px; +} +#pageheader h1 { + margin: 5px; + padding: 15px; +} +#breadcrumbs { + display: none; +} +.related.top #rellinks { + margin-top: -25px; +} +#pagefooter { + padding-bottom: 0 !important; +} diff -r 3e4ac23938e1 -r cf1fdb254c41 doc/help/client/_static/nsis-installer.png Binary file doc/help/client/_static/nsis-installer.png has changed diff -r 3e4ac23938e1 -r cf1fdb254c41 doc/help/client/_static/sicherheitswarnung.png Binary file doc/help/client/_static/sicherheitswarnung.png has changed diff -r 3e4ac23938e1 -r cf1fdb254c41 doc/help/client/_static/stores.png Binary file doc/help/client/_static/stores.png has changed diff -r 3e4ac23938e1 -r cf1fdb254c41 doc/help/client/_static/trustbridge-gui_win.png Binary file doc/help/client/_static/trustbridge-gui_win.png has changed diff -r 3e4ac23938e1 -r cf1fdb254c41 doc/help/client/_static/trustbridge-logo.png Binary file doc/help/client/_static/trustbridge-logo.png has changed diff -r 3e4ac23938e1 -r cf1fdb254c41 doc/help/client/_templates/layout.html --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/doc/help/client/_templates/layout.html Mon Sep 22 13:02:11 2014 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +{% extends '!layout.html' %} + +{%- block header %} + {%- if theme_showheader|tobool %} + + {%- endif %} +{%- endblock %} + + +{% block footer %} +
+ © 2014, BSI | TrustBridge {{version}}
+ +
+{% endblock %} diff -r 3e4ac23938e1 -r cf1fdb254c41 doc/help/client/_templates/searchbox.html --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/doc/help/client/_templates/searchbox.html Mon Sep 22 13:02:11 2014 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +{# + basic/searchbox.html + ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + + Sphinx sidebar template: quick search box. + + :copyright: Copyright 2007-2014 by the Sphinx team, see AUTHORS. + :license: BSD, see LICENSE for details. +#} +{%- if pagename != "search" and builder != "singlehtml" %} + +

+ +{%- endif %} diff -r 3e4ac23938e1 -r cf1fdb254c41 doc/help/client/arbeitsweise.rst --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/doc/help/client/arbeitsweise.rst Mon Sep 22 13:02:11 2014 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +============ +Arbeitsweise +============ + +TrustBridge holt sich regelmäßig über das Internet +neue Vorschlagslisten per HTTPS. Die anzufragenden URLs sind +fest in der Anwendung eingebrannt, wie auch Zertifikate, um +zu prüfen, dass es sich wirklich um den echten Server handelt. + +ZUTUN + + +Wurzelzertifikate +================= +(auch Rootzertifikate genannt) sind die Basis +einer PKI zur Feststellung der Authentizität des +Kommunikationspartners und der Integrität seiner Nachrichten für +verschiedene Anwendungen -- insbesondere bei der Übertragung über +unsichere Kommunikationskanäle, wie dem Internet. + +Ein Wurzelzertifikat dient als Vertrauensanker ("Trust Anchor") für +alle darunter hängenden Zertifikate. Unterhalb der Wurzel folgt eine +Sicherheitskette ("Trust Chain") von ein oder mehreren +Zwischenzertifikaten der Zertifizierungsstellen, gefolgt von den +ausgestellten Zertifikaten für die Anwendungen. Die Zertifikate +sichern per Public-Key-Kryptoverfahren nach dem X.509-v3 Standard +beispielsweise TLS-Verbindungen von Webbrowser zu Webserver (HTTPS) +oder E-Mail-Klient zu E-Mail-Server (IMAPS). Ein weiteres Beispiel ist +die Ende-zu-Ende Absicherung von E-Mail per S/MIME-Standard. diff -r 3e4ac23938e1 -r cf1fdb254c41 doc/help/client/bedienung.rst --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/doc/help/client/bedienung.rst Mon Sep 22 13:02:11 2014 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,103 @@ +Die grafische Oberfläche +======================== + + +Die **TrustBridge-Oberfläche** gliedert sich in 3 Seiten, die über die +großen Schaltflächen an der linken Seite aufgerufen werden können: + +- **Neue Empfehlungen:** Alle verfügbaren Aktualisierungen und Änderungen werden hier bestätigt und installiert. +- **Empfohlene Wurzelzertifikate:** Alle Wurzelzertifikate, die TrustBridge zur Installation vorgeschlagen hat. +- **Abgeratene Wurzelzertifikate:** Alle Wurzelzertifikate, die TrustBridge zur Deinstallation empfohlen hat. + +.. figure:: _static/trustbridge-gui_win.png + :alt: Die TrustBridge-Oberfläche unter Windows bei verfügbaren Zertifikatsänderungen + :width: 100% + + +Seite "Neue Empfehlungen" +------------------------- + +Neue Zertifikatsänderungen schreiben: +..................................... +Sind neue Zertifikatsaktualisierungen vom BSI verfügbar, werden Sie +über die empfohlenen Änderungen auf dieser Seite informiert. Im Titel +finden Sie die Gesamtanzahl der vorgeschlagenen Zertifikatsänderungen. +Über den Button *[Änderungen schreiben]* können Sie diese Änderungen +vollständig übernehmen. + +Details zu den empfohlenen Zertifikaten (wie z.B. Zertifikatsinhaber, +Gültigkeit, Fingerabdruck) lassen sich im unteren Teil der Seite über +die beiden Gruppierungen mittels der *[Details]* Button einblenden: + +* Neue, empfohlene Wurzelzertifikate installieren (n/n) +* Abgeratene Wurzelzertifikate entfernen (n/n) + +An dieser Stelle haben Sie die Möglichkeit (*vor* dem Schreiben der +Änderungen) ausgewählte Zertifikate "abzuwählen". Dadurch werden diese +Zertifikate *nicht* installiert bzw. entfernt. Solche +Abwahlentscheidungen können Sie später jederzeit wieder auf den Seiten +"Empfohlene Wurzelzertifikate" und "Abgeratene Wurzelzertifikate" +korrigieren. + +Suche nach Aktualisierungen: +............................ +Beim Start der Anwendung wird automatisch nach neuen Aktualisierungen +(Software und Zertifikaten) gesucht. Über den Button *[Aktualisieren]* +kann diese Suche auch manuell angestoßen werden. Der letzte +Suchzeitpunkt wird daneben angezeigt. + +Wurzelzertifikate erneut schreiben: +................................... +Sind alle Zertifikatsänderungen eingespielt und liegen keine +Änderungen vor, können alle von TrustBridge verwalteten Zertifikate +noch einmal installiert werden. Dafür muss auf den Button +*[Wurzelzertifikate erneut schreiben]* geklickt werden. Hilfreich +könnte diese Funktion sein, wenn seit der letzten Aktualisierung durch +TrustBridge im Zertifikatsspeicher *manuell* Zertifikate geändert +wurden. Um den durch TrustBridge empfohlenen Stand wiederherzustellen, +klickt man einmal auf o.g. Schaltfläche. + + +Seite "Empfohlene Wurzelzertifikate" +------------------------------------ +Alle Wurzelzertifikate, die TrustBridge aktuell zur Installation +vorgeschlagen hat, sind auf dieser Seite einsehbar. Jedes Zertifikat +kann einzeln "abgewählt" werden, d.h. es wird mit der nächsten +*[Änderungen schreiben]*-Aktion entfernt. Bereits "abgewählte" +Zertifikate können analog so zur Installation markiert werden. + +Jede manuelle Änderung, die Sie hier vornehmen, wird auf der Seite +"Neue Empfehlungen" aufgelistet. Die Anzahl der "abweichend zu +behandelnden Wurzelzertifikate" wird auch auf der Schaltfläche "Neue +Empfehlungen" im roten Kreis angezeigt. + +**Achtung:** TrustBridge zeigt *nicht* den tatsächlichen +Installationszustand eines Zertifikats im Zertifikatsspeicher an. +TrustBridge selbst kann nur ausgewählte Zertifikate in alle +Zertifikatsspeicher "einspielen". Eine Kontrolle, dass in der +Zwischenzeit diese Zertifikate nicht verändert wurden, kann +TrustBridge nicht geben. + + +Seite "Abgeratene Wurzelzertifikate" +------------------------------------ +Alle Wurzelzertifikate, die TrustBridge zur Deinstallation +vorgeschlagen hat, werden auf dieser Seite aufgelistet. Bereits +deinstallierte Zertifikate lassen sich mit TrustBridge nicht mehr +installieren. + +Sollten Sie Zertifikate bei der Aktualisierung "zurückgehalten" haben, +d.h. noch nicht zur Deinstallation freigegeben haben, können Sie das +Zertifikat über das Auswahlfeld zur Deinstallation markieren. Damit +das Zertifikat endgültig aus allen Zertifikatsspeichern gelöscht wird +müssen Sie anschließend den *[Änderungen schreiben]*-Button auf der +Seite "Neue Empfehlungen" bestätigen. + + +Seite "Information und Hilfe" +----------------------------- +Neben der Erwähnung von Herstellers und Lizenz von TrustBridge finden +Sie hier die Möglichkeit: + +* diese TrustBridge-Hilfe zu starten und +* die Proxy-Server-Einstellungen vorzunehmen. diff -r 3e4ac23938e1 -r cf1fdb254c41 doc/help/client/conf.py --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/doc/help/client/conf.py Mon Sep 22 13:02:11 2014 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,240 @@ +# -*- coding: utf-8 -*- +# +# Dokumentationsvorlage documentation build configuration file, created by +# sphinx-quickstart on Fri Dec 14 12:07:59 2012. +# +# This file is execfile()d with the current directory set to its containing dir. +# +# Note that not all possible configuration values are present in this +# autogenerated file. +# +# All configuration values have a default; values that are commented out +# serve to show the default. + +import sys, os + +# If extensions (or modules to document with autodoc) are in another directory, +# add these directories to sys.path here. If the directory is relative to the +# documentation root, use os.path.abspath to make it absolute, like shown here. +#sys.path.insert(0, os.path.abspath('extensions')) + +# -- General configuration ----------------------------------------------------- + +# If your documentation needs a minimal Sphinx version, state it here. +#needs_sphinx = '1.0' + +# Add any Sphinx extension module names here, as strings. They can be extensions +# coming with Sphinx (named 'sphinx.ext.*') or your custom ones. +#extensions = [''] + +# Add any paths that contain templates here, relative to this directory. +templates_path = ['_templates'] + +# The suffix of source filenames. +source_suffix = '.rst' + +# The encoding of source files. +#source_encoding = 'utf-8-sig' + +# The master toctree document. +master_doc = 'index' + +# General information about the project. +project = u'TrustBridge-Hilfe' +#copyright = u'' + +# The version info for the project you're documenting, acts as replacement for +# |version| and |release|, also used in various other places throughout the +# built documents. +# +# The short X.Y version. +version = '1.0' +# The full version, including alpha/beta/rc tags. +release = '1.0' + +# The language for content autogenerated by Sphinx. Refer to documentation +# for a list of supported languages. +language = 'de' + +# There are two options for replacing |today|: either, you set today to some +# non-false value, then it is used: +#today = '' +# Else, today_fmt is used as the format for a strftime call. +#today_fmt = '%B %d, %Y' + +# List of patterns, relative to source directory, that match files and +# directories to ignore when looking for source files. +exclude_patterns = ['_build'] + +# The reST default role (used for this markup: `text`) to use for all documents. +#default_role = None + +# If true, '()' will be appended to :func: etc. cross-reference text. +#add_function_parentheses = True + +# If true, the current module name will be prepended to all description +# unit titles (such as .. function::). +#add_module_names = True + +# If true, sectionauthor and moduleauthor directives will be shown in the +# output. They are ignored by default. +#show_authors = False + +# The name of the Pygments (syntax highlighting) style to use. +pygments_style = 'sphinx' + +# A list of ignored prefixes for module index sorting. +#modindex_common_prefix = [] + + +# -- Options for HTML output --------------------------------------------------- + +# The theme to use for HTML and HTML Help pages. See the documentation for +# a list of builtin themes. +from better import better_theme_path +html_theme_path = [better_theme_path] +html_theme = 'better' + +# Theme options are theme-specific and customize the look and feel of a theme +# further. For a list of options available for each theme, see the +# documentation. +html_theme_options = { + 'linktotheme': False, + 'cssfiles': ['_static/extra-style.css'], +} + +# Add any paths that contain custom themes here, relative to this directory. +#html_theme_path = [] + +# The name for this set of Sphinx documents. If None, it defaults to +# " v documentation". +html_title = 'TrustBridge-Hilfe' + +# A shorter title for the navigation bar. Default is the same as html_title. +#html_short_title = 'Home' + +# The name of an image file (relative to this directory) to place at the top +# of the sidebar. +#html_logo = None + +# The name of an image file (within the static path) to use as favicon of the +# docs. This file should be a Windows icon file (.ico) being 16x16 or 32x32 +# pixels large. +#html_favicon = None + +# Add any paths that contain custom static files (such as style sheets) here, +# relative to this directory. They are copied after the builtin static files, +# so a file named "default.css" will overwrite the builtin "default.css". +html_static_path = ['_static'] + +# If not '', a 'Last updated on:' timestamp is inserted at every page bottom, +# using the given strftime format. +#html_last_updated_fmt = '%b %d, %Y' + +# If true, SmartyPants will be used to convert quotes and dashes to +# typographically correct entities. +#html_use_smartypants = True + +# Custom sidebar templates, maps document names to template names. +html_sidebars = { + '**': ['globaltoc.html', 'searchbox.html'], +} + +# Additional templates that should be rendered to pages, maps page names to +# template names. +#html_additional_pages = {} + +# If false, no module index is generated. +#html_domain_indices = True + +# If false, no index is generated. +#html_use_index = True + +# If true, the index is split into individual pages for each letter. +#html_split_index = False + +# If true, links to the reST sources are added to the pages. +#html_show_sourcelink = True + +# If true, "Created using Sphinx" is shown in the HTML footer. Default is True. +html_show_sphinx = False + +# If true, "(C) Copyright ..." is shown in the HTML footer. Default is True. +#html_show_copyright = True + +# If true, an OpenSearch description file will be output, and all pages will +# contain a tag referring to it. The value of this option must be the +# base URL from which the finished HTML is served. +#html_use_opensearch = '' + +# This is the file name suffix for HTML files (e.g. ".xhtml"). +#html_file_suffix = None + +# Output file base name for HTML help builder. +# htmlhelp_basename = '' + + +# -- Options for LaTeX output -------------------------------------------------- + +latex_elements = { +# The paper size ('letterpaper' or 'a4paper'). +'papersize': 'a4paper,oneside', + +# The font size ('10pt', '11pt' or '12pt'). +'pointsize': '11pt', + +# Additional stuff for the LaTeX preamble. +'preamble': + '\\usepackage{colortbl} '\ + '\\usepackage{booktabs} '\ + '\\usepackage{tabularx} '\ + '\\newcommand{\\projecttitle}{} '\ + '\\newcommand{\\documenttype}{TrustBridge-Benutzerdokumentation} '\ + '\\newcommand{\\documentdate}{12. August 2014} '\ + '\\newcommand{\\documentversion}{Version 0.1} '\ + '\\newcommand{\\customer}{BSI} '\ + '', + +'babel': '\usepackage[ngerman]{babel}', +'fncychap' : '', + +'maketitle': + # Titelseite + '\\includegraphics[height=2cm]{brieflogo-neu.png} \\\\[2.5cm] '\ + '{\\sffamily\\bfseries\\large \\projecttitle \\\\[0.5cm] '\ + '\\huge \\documenttype \\\\[2.5cm]'\ + '\\small \\documentdate, \\documentversion \\\\[2.5cm]'\ + '\\sffamily\\bfseries\\small '\ + 'Autor: Intevation GmbH\\\\[1.0cm] '\ + '} '\ + '', +} + +# Grouping the document tree into LaTeX files. List of tuples +# (source start file, target name, title, author, documentclass [howto/manual]). +latex_documents = [ + ('index', 'TrustBridge-Hilfe.tex', u'TrustBridge-Hilfe', + u'Intevation GmbH', 'manual'), +] + +latex_docclass = { 'manual': 'scrreprt', } + +# The name of an image file (relative to this directory) to place at the top of +# the title page. +#latex_logo = None + +# For "manual" documents, if this is true, then toplevel headings are parts, +# not chapters. +latex_use_parts = False + +# If true, show page references after internal links. +#latex_show_pagerefs = False + +# If true, show URL addresses after external links. +#latex_show_urls = False + +# Documents to append as an appendix to all manuals. +#latex_appendices = [] + +# If false, no module index is generated. +#latex_domain_indices = True diff -r 3e4ac23938e1 -r cf1fdb254c41 doc/help/client/conf.py.in --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/doc/help/client/conf.py.in Mon Sep 22 13:02:11 2014 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,239 @@ +# -*- coding: utf-8 -*- +# +# Dokumentationsvorlage documentation build configuration file, created by +# sphinx-quickstart on Fri Dec 14 12:07:59 2012. +# +# This file is execfile()d with the current directory set to its containing dir. +# +# Note that not all possible configuration values are present in this +# autogenerated file. +# +# All configuration values have a default; values that are commented out +# serve to show the default. + +import sys, os + +# If extensions (or modules to document with autodoc) are in another directory, +# add these directories to sys.path here. If the directory is relative to the +# documentation root, use os.path.abspath to make it absolute, like shown here. +#sys.path.insert(0, os.path.abspath('extensions')) + +# -- General configuration ----------------------------------------------------- + +# If your documentation needs a minimal Sphinx version, state it here. +#needs_sphinx = '1.0' + +# Add any Sphinx extension module names here, as strings. They can be extensions +# coming with Sphinx (named 'sphinx.ext.*') or your custom ones. +#extensions = [''] + +# Add any paths that contain templates here, relative to this directory. +templates_path = ['_templates'] + +# The suffix of source filenames. +source_suffix = '.rst' + +# The encoding of source files. +#source_encoding = 'utf-8-sig' + +# The master toctree document. +master_doc = 'index' + +# General information about the project. +project = u'TrustBridge-Hilfe' +copyright = u'2014, BSI' + +# The version info for the project you're documenting, acts as replacement for +# |version| and |release|, also used in various other places throughout the +# built documents. +# +# The short X.Y version. +version = '@HG_REVISION_TAG@' +# The full version, including alpha/beta/rc tags. +release = '@PROJECT_VERSION@' + +# The language for content autogenerated by Sphinx. Refer to documentation +# for a list of supported languages. +language = 'de' + +# There are two options for replacing |today|: either, you set today to some +# non-false value, then it is used: +#today = '' +# Else, today_fmt is used as the format for a strftime call. +#today_fmt = '%B %d, %Y' + +# List of patterns, relative to source directory, that match files and +# directories to ignore when looking for source files. +exclude_patterns = ['_build'] + +# The reST default role (used for this markup: `text`) to use for all documents. +#default_role = None + +# If true, '()' will be appended to :func: etc. cross-reference text. +#add_function_parentheses = True + +# If true, the current module name will be prepended to all description +# unit titles (such as .. function::). +#add_module_names = True + +# If true, sectionauthor and moduleauthor directives will be shown in the +# output. They are ignored by default. +#show_authors = False + +# The name of the Pygments (syntax highlighting) style to use. +pygments_style = 'sphinx' + +# A list of ignored prefixes for module index sorting. +#modindex_common_prefix = [] + + +# -- Options for HTML output --------------------------------------------------- + +# The theme to use for HTML and HTML Help pages. See the documentation for +# a list of builtin themes. +html_theme_path = ['@SPHINX_THEME_DIR@'] +html_theme = '@SPHINX_THEME@' + +# Theme options are theme-specific and customize the look and feel of a theme +# further. For a list of options available for each theme, see the +# documentation. +html_theme_options = { + 'linktotheme': False, + 'cssfiles': ['@HELP_MANUAL_IN@/_static/extra-style.css'], +} + +# Add any paths that contain custom themes here, relative to this directory. +#html_theme_path = [] + +# The name for this set of Sphinx documents. If None, it defaults to +# " v documentation". +html_title = 'TrustBridge-Hilfe' + +# A shorter title for the navigation bar. Default is the same as html_title. +html_short_title = 'Home' + +# The name of an image file (relative to this directory) to place at the top +# of the sidebar. +#html_logo = None + +# The name of an image file (within the static path) to use as favicon of the +# docs. This file should be a Windows icon file (.ico) being 16x16 or 32x32 +# pixels large. +#html_favicon = None + +# Add any paths that contain custom static files (such as style sheets) here, +# relative to this directory. They are copied after the builtin static files, +# so a file named "default.css" will overwrite the builtin "default.css". +html_static_path = ['@HELP_MANUAL_IN@/_static'] + +# If not '', a 'Last updated on:' timestamp is inserted at every page bottom, +# using the given strftime format. +#html_last_updated_fmt = '%b %d, %Y' + +# If true, SmartyPants will be used to convert quotes and dashes to +# typographically correct entities. +#html_use_smartypants = True + +# Custom sidebar templates, maps document names to template names. +html_sidebars = { + '**': ['globaltoc.html', 'searchbox.html'], +} + +# Additional templates that should be rendered to pages, maps page names to +# template names. +#html_additional_pages = {} + +# If false, no module index is generated. +#html_domain_indices = True + +# If false, no index is generated. +#html_use_index = True + +# If true, the index is split into individual pages for each letter. +#html_split_index = False + +# If true, links to the reST sources are added to the pages. +#html_show_sourcelink = True + +# If true, "Created using Sphinx" is shown in the HTML footer. Default is True. +html_show_sphinx = False + +# If true, "(C) Copyright ..." is shown in the HTML footer. Default is True. +#html_show_copyright = True + +# If true, an OpenSearch description file will be output, and all pages will +# contain a tag referring to it. The value of this option must be the +# base URL from which the finished HTML is served. +#html_use_opensearch = '' + +# This is the file name suffix for HTML files (e.g. ".xhtml"). +#html_file_suffix = None + +# Output file base name for HTML help builder. +# htmlhelp_basename = '' + + +# -- Options for LaTeX output -------------------------------------------------- + +latex_elements = { +# The paper size ('letterpaper' or 'a4paper'). +'papersize': 'a4paper,oneside', + +# The font size ('10pt', '11pt' or '12pt'). +'pointsize': '11pt', + +# Additional stuff for the LaTeX preamble. +'preamble': + '\\usepackage{colortbl} '\ + '\\usepackage{booktabs} '\ + '\\usepackage{tabularx} '\ + '\\newcommand{\\projecttitle}{} '\ + '\\newcommand{\\documenttype}{TrustBridge-Benutzerdokumentation} '\ + '\\newcommand{\\documentdate}{12. August 2014} '\ + '\\newcommand{\\documentversion}{Version 0.1} '\ + '\\newcommand{\\customer}{BSI} '\ + '', + +'babel': '\usepackage[ngerman]{babel}', +'fncychap' : '', + +'maketitle': + # Titelseite + '\\includegraphics[height=2cm]{brieflogo-neu.png} \\\\[2.5cm] '\ + '{\\sffamily\\bfseries\\large \\projecttitle \\\\[0.5cm] '\ + '\\huge \\documenttype \\\\[2.5cm]'\ + '\\small \\documentdate, \\documentversion \\\\[2.5cm]'\ + '\\sffamily\\bfseries\\small '\ + 'Autor: Intevation GmbH\\\\[1.0cm] '\ + '} '\ + '', +} + +# Grouping the document tree into LaTeX files. List of tuples +# (source start file, target name, title, author, documentclass [howto/manual]). +latex_documents = [ + ('index', 'TrustBridge-Hilfe.tex', u'TrustBridge-Hilfe', + u'Intevation GmbH', 'manual'), +] + +latex_docclass = { 'manual': 'scrreprt', } + +# The name of an image file (relative to this directory) to place at the top of +# the title page. +#latex_logo = None + +# For "manual" documents, if this is true, then toplevel headings are parts, +# not chapters. +latex_use_parts = False + +# If true, show page references after internal links. +#latex_show_pagerefs = False + +# If true, show URL addresses after external links. +#latex_show_urls = False + +# Documents to append as an appendix to all manuals. +#latex_appendices = [] + +# If false, no module index is generated. +#latex_domain_indices = True diff -r 3e4ac23938e1 -r cf1fdb254c41 doc/help/client/index.rst --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/doc/help/client/index.rst Mon Sep 22 13:02:11 2014 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +Inhaltsverzeichnis +================== + +.. toctree:: + :maxdepth: 2 + + installation + bedienung + arbeitsweise + techn-referenz + + +Was ist TrustBridge? +==================== +TrustBridge erleichtert Ihnen das Einpflegen von Wurzelzertifikaten +zur Absicherung von Kommunikation durch Verschlüsselung und Signaturen. +Dazu holt sich TrustBridge regelmäßig die Wurzelzertifikate, +welche von einer zentralen Stelle vorgeschlagen werden und bietet +Sie Ihnen zum Einfügen in den Zertifikatspeicher Ihres Rechners an. + +Über TrustBridge werden üblicherweise nur Zertifikate verteilt, +welche von Ihrem Betriebssystem nicht mitgeliefert werden. Sie können sich +dafür entscheiden nur einen Teil der Wurzelzertifikate zu übernehmen. +TrustBridge respektiert Ihre bisherigen Wurzelzertifikatsentscheidungen. + +Wenn ein früher vorschlagenes Wurzelzertifikat lange in Benutzung war +oder ein Problem damit bekannt wurde, empfiehlt TrustBridge +es wieder zu entfernen. Auch für diese Änderung holt sich TrustBridge +erst Ihre Erlaubnis. + +Wurzelzertifikate verwalten den Zugang zu Ihren Daten. +Verwenden Sie TrustBridge deshalb nur, wenn Sie der Organisation +vertrauen von der Sie die Software erhalten +und welche die Wurzelzertifikatsvorschläge pflegt. + +TrustBridge arbeitet im Hintergrund und meldet sich +bei Ihnen, wenn es etwas Neues gibt. + +TrustBridge ist eine Anwendung vom `Bundesamt für Sicherheit in der +Informationstechnik (BSI) `_ für die Verbreitung +von empfohlenen Wurzelzertifikaten. + +TrustBridge macht es Nutzern einfacher, Wurzelzertifikate für eine +X.509-basierende, öffentliche Zertifikatsinfrastruktur (PKI) +einzuspielen und aktuell zu halten. + + + +Impressum +========= + +Ausgabe 2014, Die Rechte liegen beim `Bundesamt für Sicherheit in der +Informationstechnik (BSI) `_. + +TrustBridge wurde von den Unternehmen `Intevation GmbH +`_ und `DN-Systems GmbH +`_ entwickelt, im Auftrag des BSIs. + +Diese TrustBridge-Hilfe ist unter der `Creative Commons CC BY-SA 3.0 +`_ lizensiert. diff -r 3e4ac23938e1 -r cf1fdb254c41 doc/help/client/installation.rst --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/doc/help/client/installation.rst Mon Sep 22 13:02:11 2014 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +Installation +============ + +TrustBridge bietet Installationspakete für die Plattformen Windows und GNU/Linux. +Offiziell unterstützt und geprüft sind Windows 7 und 8 sowie Ubuntu 14.04 +(jeweils 32 und 64 Bit). + +TrustBridge greift auf zwei gängige `Zertifikatsspeicher `_ zu, den Windows-System-Zertifikatsspeicher und den Mozilla-NSS-Zertifikatsspeicher. +Folgende Anwendungen nutzen diese Zertifikatsspeicher und werden von TrustBridge unterstützt: + +* Mozilla Firefox +* Mozilla Thunderbird +* Google Chrome / Chromium +* MS Internet Explorer +* MS Outlook + + +Windows +------- +Nach dem Start des Installationsassistenten TrustBridge-|version|.exe folgt ein +Begrüßungsdialog: + +.. figure:: _static/nsis-installer.png + :alt: Installationsassistent unter Windows + +Der Installationsdatei ist mit einem Code-Signing-Zertifikat signiert. + +Sie können TrustBridge **systemweit** (benötigt Administrator-Rechte) oder +**lokal** (nur für den aktuellen Nutzer) installieren. + +Sobald Sie den TrustBridge-Installer mit Administrator-Rechten ausführen (z.B. +als eingeloggter Admin) wird die Anwendung immer systemweit installiert. Das +bedeutet, dass jeder Nutzer auf dem System später die von TrustBridge +installierten Zertifikate nutzen kann. Der Administrator ist zuständig für die +regelmäßige Prüfung nach Aktualisierung von Software und Zertifikaten. + +Eine lokale Installation ermöglicht es Nutzern ohne Administrator-Rechte +TrustBridge selbständig zu installieren. Die Zertifikate werden dann später nur im +Zertifikatsspeicher des Nutzers abgelegt. + +Für die **Deinstallation** von TrustBridge gehen Sie über den üblichen Weg +der Windows-Systemsteuerung ("Programme deinstallieren") und folgen Sie den +Anweisungen des Deinstallationsassistenten. + + +Ubuntu +------ +Für die Installation von TrustBridge unter Ubuntu wird ein interaktives Installationsskript +für die Kommandozeile angeboten - jeweils ein Script für 32 und 64 Bit-Systeme. + +Führen Sie das Skript ohne Option aus, um TrustBridge **lokal** in Ihrem Home-Verzeichnis zu installieren +(standardmäßig unter ``/home/NUTZERNAME/TrustBridge/``). + +Für 64-Bit-Systeme: + +.. parsed-literal:: + bash TrustBridge-|version|-amd64.sh + +Für 32-Bit-Syteme: + +.. parsed-literal:: + bash TrustBridge-|version|-i386.sh + + +Sollten Sie eine **systemweite Installation** wünschen, nutzen Sie die Option ``-s``: + +.. parsed-literal:: + bash TrustBridge-|version|-amd64.sh -s # für 64-Bit + bash TrustBridge-|version|-i386.sh -s # für 32-Bit + + +Zur **Deinstallation** der Anwendung (mit allen Zertifikaten) steht Ihnen die Option ``-d`` zur Verfügung: + +.. parsed-literal:: + bash TrustBridge-|version|-amd64.sh -d # für 64-Bit + bash TrustBridge-|version|-i386.sh -d # für 32-Bit + + +Eine Hilfe zu den verfügbaren Kommandozeilenoptionen bietet Ihnen ``--help``. diff -r 3e4ac23938e1 -r cf1fdb254c41 doc/help/client/techn-referenz.rst --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/doc/help/client/techn-referenz.rst Mon Sep 22 13:02:11 2014 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,170 @@ +=================== +Technische Referenz +=================== + + +Welche Zertifikatsspeicher werden verwendet? +============================================ + +Damit Zertifikaten in Anwendungen (wie z.B. Browser oder E-Mail-Klient) +vertraut werden kann, müssen die zugehörigen Wurzelzertifikate in den passenden +Zertifikatsspeichern des Systems installiert werden. +TrustBridge übernimmt diesen Zugriff auf die Zertifikatsspeicher. + +Es gibt zwei gängige Zertifikatsspeicher, die von TrustBridge und den meisten +Anwendungen unterstützt werden: + +* der Mozilla NSS-Zertifikatsspeicher ("Network Security Services") und +* der Windows-System-Zertifikatsspeicher. + + +Chrome bzw. Chromium verwendet unter Windows den Windows-System-Speicher und unter +Ubuntu den NSS-Zertifikatsspeicher. Die nachfolgende Abbildung veranschaulicht +die verwendeten Zertifikatsspeicher unter Windows und GNU/Linux. + +.. figure:: _static/stores.png + :width: 100% + :alt: Übersicht der Zertifikatsspeicher + + *Abbildung 1: Übersicht der Zertifikatsspeicher* + +Windows-Zertifikatsspeicher +--------------------------- + +Der Windows 7 und 8 Zertifikatsspeicher kann in drei große Gruppen aufgeteilt werden: + +#. Zertifikate des aktuellen Benutzers +#. Zertifikate für alle Benutzer (Lokaler Computer) +#. Zertifikate für Systemdienste + +Diese Gruppen unterteilen sich wieder in eine Reihe von logischen Speichern. + +Für die Installation von vertrauenswürdigen Wurzelzertifikaten ist der +logische *Root*-Speicher relevant. Nur dort eingetragene Zertifikate +werden als *Trust Anchor* (Vertrauensanker) angesehen und zur +Validierung des Vertrauenspfads zu den weiteren Zertifikaten +verwendet. + +Der logische *Disallowed*-Speicher hat immer Vorrang. Befindet sich ein Zertifikat +sowohl im *Root* als auch im *Disallowed*-Speicher, gilt es als nicht vertrauenswürdig. + + +**Einschränkungen:** +Um unbefugte Manipulationen am Zertifikatsspeicher zu verhindern, werden von Microsoft +seit Windows XP SP2 folgende Schutzmaßnahmen vorgesehen: + +#. Um Zertifikate für alle Benutzer des lokalen Computers zu + bearbeiten, sind erhöhte Privilegien (Administrationsrechte) + erforderlich. +#. Änderungen (Löschen / Hinzufügen von Zertifikaten) am + *Root*-Speicher des aktuellen Nutzers erfordern die explizite + Einwilligung des Nutzers (siehe nachfolgende Abbildung), sofern der + Prozess keine erhöhten Privilegien besitzt. + + +.. figure:: _static/sicherheitswarnung.png + :alt: Windows-Sicherheitswarnung + + *Abbildung 2: Sicherheitswarnung beim Hinzufügen eines Wurzelzertifikats ohne Administrator-Rechte* + + + +Mozilla NSS-Zertifikatsspeicher +------------------------------- +Die Mozilla-Anwendungen Thunderbird und Firefox, sowie Chromium unter +Ubuntu, verwenden die Mozilla "Network Security +Services" (NSS) Zertifikatsspeicher. + +Mozilla liefert den NSS-Zertifikatsspeicher mit einer Auswahl von +voreingesetllten vertrauenswürdigen bzw. nicht +vertrauenswürdigen Zertifikaten aus. + +**Einschränkungen:** + +* Anwendungen, die den NSS-Zertifikatsspeicher verwenden, sollten vor dem Zugriff geschlossen + werden. +* Um den NSS-Speicher anderer Nutzer zu manipulieren, sind erhöhte Rechte nötig. +* Um den NSS-Standard für neue Profile vorzugeben, sind abhängig vom Installationsort + ggf. erhöhte Rechte nötig. + + + +Wie wird der Transport abgesichert? +=================================== +TrustBridge sucht regelmäßig (alle 24 Stunden) auf dem offiziellen TrustBridge-Update-Server +nach aktualisierten Zertifikatslisten und neuen Softwareversionen. + +Sämtliche Transportprozesse sind kryptografisch nach aktuellem Stand +der Technik gegen unbefugte Manipulationen (Authentizität und +Integrität) gesichert. Es gibt drei Transportwege, die abgesichert +werden müssen: + +#. Verfügbarkeit von Aktualisierungen prüfen: + Die regelmäßige Übertragung der Information, ob neue Aktualisierungen + von Zertifikatsliste oder Software verfügbar sind, wird über eine + HTTPS-Verbindung per TLS 1.2 (mit ECDSA brainpoolP256r1) durchgeführt. +#. Zertifikatslisten-Update durchführen: + Ist eine neue Zertifikatsliste verfügbar, wird die ganze Liste + gebündelt übertragen. Die Zertifikatslistendatei ist signiert (RSA 3076). + Vor einem Zertifikatslisten-Update wird sichergestellt, dass TrustBridge bereits in der + neusten Version installiert ist. +#. Software-Update durchführen: + Ist eine neue TrustBridge-Version verfügbar, kann diese mit einem + Klick auf eine entsprechende Meldung heruntergeladen und installiert + werden. Es wird eine vollständige TrustBridge-Installationsdatei übertragen + und im Hintergrund ausgeführt. Jede Software-Installationsdatei ist signiert. + Bei Fehlschlagen der Signaturprüfung (z.B. durch fehlerhaftes + Herunterladen) wird TrustBridge nicht aktualisiert. + + + +Wie sieht das Datenformat einer Zertifikatsliste aus? +===================================================== + +Die Zertifikatsliste ist eine einzelne Text-Datei, welche von der +TrustBridge-Verwaltungsanwendung erzeugt wird. Diese Datei enthält +alle benötigten Informationen und basiert auf einer zeilenbasierten +Textformat. Dabei bleibt die Struktur für Menschen lesbar und die +meisten Inhalte können mit Standardwerkzeugen sowohl de- als auch +enkodiert werden. + +In der ersten Zeile der Datei ist die Base64-kodierte, kryptografische +Signatur über alle folgenden Zeilen (inklusive der Zeilenenden) +angegeben. So wird die Integrität und Authentizität dieser Daten vor +der Verarbeitung gesichert. + +Einzelne Zeilen haben das Format ``:``, wobei +der Buchstabe angibt, welche Art von Wert folgt. Die Länge der Zeilen +ist (für Version 1) auf 9999 Zeichen begrenzt, inklusive der beiden +Zeichen für Zeilenenden. Die Anzahl der Zeilen ist auf 1000 +beschränkt, was einer Dateigröße von maximal 10 Megabyte entspricht. +(In der Praxis wird die Dateigröße aber deutlich unter 100 Kilobyte +liegen.) Der Text wird in 7Bit-ASCII kodiert. + +Die Zertifikate selbst werden als Base64- und DER-kodierte Daten +aufgeführt. Dies entspricht dem Inhalt gängiger .pem-Dateien - jedoch +ohne den umschließenden BEGIN CERTIFICATE und END CERTIFICATE sowie +ohne den Zeilenumbrüchen. + +Jede Zeile muss mit einem der folgenden gültigen Buchstaben beginnen: + +* ``S:`` Die Signatur der Zertifikatsliste. +* ``F:`` Format-Version +* ``D:`` Zeitpunkt der Listenerstellen (UTC) +* ``I:`` Zu installierendes Zertifikat +* ``R:`` Zu entfernendes Zertifikat + + +Im Folgenden ein Beispiel für den Aufbau der Zertifikatslisten-Datei +mit zwei zu installierenden Zertifikaten und einem zu löschenden +Zertifikat. Die Signatur- und Zertifikatszeilen sind, aus Gründen der +Übersichtlichkeit, in diesem Beispiel gekürzt: + +.. parsed-literal:: + S:EjzX0sTkstnnGbPIC7n1a5WlYCFsthPl8OYplLyihR1RdqcUsSnikrVowFo8QgpMutcz0... + F:1 + D:2014-01-03T12:30Z + I:MIIEiTCCA3GgAwIBAgIDAWn+MA0GCSqGSIb3DQBQUAMEAxCzAJBVBAYTAlVTMRcwFQYDV... + I:MIIHojCCBoqgAwIBAgIDAW96MA0GCSqGSIb3DQEBBQUAGMMQswCDVQQGEwJJTDEWMBQGA... + R:MIIGUjCCBTqgAwIBAgIODocAAQACqS54FrSbGvYwDQKoZIhvcNAQBQAwfDELMAkGA1UEB... + diff -r 3e4ac23938e1 -r cf1fdb254c41 doc/help/requirements.txt --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/doc/help/requirements.txt Mon Sep 22 13:02:11 2014 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Sphinx +sphinx-better-theme diff -r 3e4ac23938e1 -r cf1fdb254c41 doc/help/theme/better/__init__.py --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/doc/help/theme/better/__init__.py Mon Sep 22 13:02:11 2014 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +import os +better_theme_path = os.path.split(os.path.dirname(__file__))[0] +__version__ = '0.1.5' diff -r 3e4ac23938e1 -r cf1fdb254c41 doc/help/theme/better/layout.html --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/doc/help/theme/better/layout.html Mon Sep 22 13:02:11 2014 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ +{%- extends "basic/layout.html" %} +{%- from "relbar.html" import relbar_top with context %} +{%- from "relbar.html" import relbar_bottom with context %} + +{#- ### head ### -#} + +{%- block extrahead %} + + {#- make mobile reasonable #} + + + {%- for css_file in theme_cssfiles %} + {%- if css_file.startswith('http') %} + + {%- else %} + + {%- endif %} + {%- endfor %} + + {%- for js_file in theme_scriptfiles %} + + {%- endfor %} + + {%- if theme_inlinecss %} + + {%- endif %} + + {%- block userhead %} + {%- endblock %} +{%- endblock %} + +{#- ### content ### -#} + +{%- block header %} + {%- if theme_showheader|tobool %} + + {%- endif %} +{%- endblock %} + +{%- block relbar1 -%}{{ relbar_top() }}{%- endblock -%} +{%- block relbar2 -%}{{ relbar_bottom() }}{%- endblock -%} + +{%- block footer %} +
+ + {%- if show_copyright %} + {%- if hasdoc('copyright') %} + {% trans path=pathto('copyright'), copyright=copyright|e %} + © {{ copyright }} . + {% endtrans %} + {%- else %} + {%- trans copyright=copyright|e -%} + © {{ copyright }}. + {%- endtrans %} + {%- endif %} + {%- endif %} + + {%- if last_updated %} + {%- trans last_updated=last_updated|e -%} + Last updated on {{ last_updated }}. + {%- endtrans %} + {%- endif %} + + {%- if show_sphinx %} + Created using Sphinx + {{ sphinx_version }} + {%- if theme_linktotheme|tobool %} + with the + better theme + {%- endif %}. + {%- else %} + {%- if theme_linktotheme %} + This site uses the + + “better” + theme for Sphinx. + {%- endif %} + {%- endif %} + +
+ + {% if theme_ga_ua %} + + {% endif %} +{%- endblock %} diff -r 3e4ac23938e1 -r cf1fdb254c41 doc/help/theme/better/relbar.html --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/doc/help/theme/better/relbar.html Mon Sep 22 13:02:11 2014 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +{%- macro rellink_markup() %} + +{%- endmacro %} + +{%- macro breadcrumbs_markup() %} + +{%- endmacro %} + +{%- macro relbar_top() %} + {%- if theme_showrelbartop|tobool %} +
+ {{- rellink_markup () }} + {{- breadcrumbs_markup() }} +
+ {%- endif %} +{%- endmacro %} + +{%- macro relbar_bottom() %} + {%- if theme_showrelbarbottom|tobool %} +
+ {{- rellink_markup () }} + {{- breadcrumbs_markup() }} +
+ {%- endif %} +{%- endmacro %} diff -r 3e4ac23938e1 -r cf1fdb254c41 doc/help/theme/better/searchbox.html --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/doc/help/theme/better/searchbox.html Mon Sep 22 13:02:11 2014 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +{%- if pagename != "search" %} +
+ + {#- I have not been able to make this look good. #} + {#- #} + + +
+ +{%- endif %} diff -r 3e4ac23938e1 -r cf1fdb254c41 doc/help/theme/better/static/better.css_t --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/doc/help/theme/better/static/better.css_t Mon Sep 22 13:02:11 2014 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,324 @@ +@import url("better_basic.css"); + +{% set theme_headtextcolor = theme_headtextcolor or theme_textcolor %} +{% set theme_footertextcolor = theme_footertextcolor or theme_textcolor %} + +/* main styles */ + +body { + font-family: "Helvetica Neue", Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; + font-size: 100%; + color: {{ theme_textcolor }}; + margin: 0; + padding: 0; + line-height: 135%; +} + +a { + color: #008; + text-decoration: none; +} + +a:visited { + color: #208; + text-decoration: none; +} + +a:hover { + text-decoration: underline; +} + +a.toc-backref { + color: {{ theme_headtextcolor }}; +} + +p { + margin: 1rem 0; +} + +h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { + margin-top: 1em; + margin-bottom: 0.5em; + color: {{ theme_headtextcolor }}; + line-height: 135%; +} + +.body .section:first-child > :first-child, +.sphinxsidebarwrapper > :first-child, +.sphinxsidebar .search:first-child +{ + margin-top: 1rem; +} + +h1 { font-size: 1.5rem; font-weight: bold; } +h2 { font-size: 1.5rem; font-weight: normal; } +h3 { font-size: 1.25rem; font-weight: bold; } +h4 { font-size: 1.25rem; font-weight: normal; } +h5 { font-size: 1rem; font-weight: bold; } +h6 { font-size: 1rem; font-weight: normal; } + +/* page-level layout of containers */ + +header#pageheader, footer#pagefooter, .related, .document { + width: 100%; + max-width: 60rem; + margin: auto; +} + +.documentwrapper { + float: left; + width: 100%; +} + +.bodywrapper { + {% if theme_rightsidebar|tobool -%} + margin: 0 {{ theme_sidebarwidth }} 0 0; + {%- else -%} + margin: 0 0 0 {{ theme_sidebarwidth }}; + {%- endif %} +} + +footer#pagefooter, footer#pagefooter a { + color: {{ theme_footertextcolor }}; +} + + +footer#pagefooter { + padding-top: 2rem; + padding-bottom: 2rem; + text-align: center; +} + +footer#pagefooter a { + text-decoration: underline; +} + +/* header styles */ + +body > header h1 a, body > header h1 a:visited { + color: {{ theme_headtextcolor }}; +} + +a.headerlink { + font-size: 0.8em; + padding: 0 4px 0 4px; + text-decoration: none; +} + +/* code styles */ + +pre, tt { + background-color: #eee; + color: #333; +} + +pre { + font-family: Monaco, Consolas, "Lucida Console", monospace; + margin: 1rem -5px; + padding: 5px; + border-left: none; + border-right: none; + font-size: 0.8rem; + line-height: 1rem; +} + +tt { + padding: 0 1px 0 1px; + font-family: Consolas, Monaco, monospace; +} + +/* API doc styles */ + +dl.function, +dl.class, +dl.method, +dl.attribute, +dl.data, +dl.classmethod { + margin-bottom: 2rem; +} + +/* relbar */ + +.related { + line-height: 30px; + width: 100%; + font-size: 0.9rem; +} + +.related.top { + border-bottom: 1px solid #aaa; +} + +.related.bottom { + border-top: 1px solid #aaa; +} + +.related ul { + padding: 0; + margin: 0; + list-style: none; +} + +.related li { + display: inline; +} + +nav#rellinks { + float: right; +} + +nav#rellinks li+li:before { + content: "|"; +} + +nav#breadcrumbs li+li:before { + content: "\00BB"; +} + +/* sidebar */ + +.sphinxsidebarwrapper { + padding: 0 1rem 0 0; +} + +.sphinxsidebar { + width: {{ theme_sidebarwidth }}; + margin-left: -100%; + font-size: 0.9rem; + {%- if theme_rightsidebar|tobool %} + float: right; + {%- else %} + float: left; + {%- endif %} +} + +.sphinxsidebar h3 a { + color: {{ theme_headtextcolor }}; +} + +.sphinxsidebar p.topless { + margin: 5px 10px 10px 10px; +} + +.sphinxsidebar ul { + margin: 0; + padding: 0; + margin-bottom: 1rem; + list-style: none; +} + +.sphinxsidebar ul ul, +.sphinxsidebar ul.want-points { + margin-left: 20px; + list-style: square; +} + +.sphinxsidebar ul ul { + margin-top: 0; + margin-bottom: 0; +} + +.sphinxsidebar input { + box-sizing: border-box; + -moz-box-sizing: border-box; + -webkit-box-sizing: border-box; + height: 1.5rem; + font-size: 0.9rem; + margin: 0; + + background-color: white; + border: 1px solid #ccc; + color: #555; +} + +.sphinxsidebar .search { + margin-top: 2rem; +} + +.sphinxsidebar .search input[type=text] { + {#- width: calc({{ theme_sidebarwidth }} - 5rem); #} + {#- width: -webkit-calc({{ theme_sidebarwidth }} - 5rem); #} + width: 90%; + display: inline-block; +} + +.sphinxsidebar .search input[type=submit] { + width: 4rem; + display: inline-block; +} + +/* paragraph-level markup */ + +.admonition p.admonition-title + p { + display: inline; +} + +.admonition p { + margin-bottom: 5px; +} + +.admonition pre { + margin-bottom: 5px; +} + +.admonition ul, .admonition ol { + margin-bottom: 5px; +} + +p.admonition-title { + display: inline; + margin-right: 0; +} + +p.admonition-title:after { + content: ":"; +} + +.note { + background-color: #eee; + border: 1px solid #ccc; +} + +.seealso { + background-color: #ffc; + border: 1px solid #ff6; +} + +.topic { + background-color: #eee; +} + +.warning { + background-color: #ffe4e4; + border: 1px solid #f66; +} + +.warning tt { + background: #efc2c2; +} + +.note tt { + background: #d6d6d6; +} + +.viewcode-block:target { + background-color: #f4debf; + border-top: 1px solid #ac9; + border-bottom: 1px solid #ac9; +} + +/* responsive styles */ + +@media (max-width: 820px) { + /* kill the sidebar */ + .bodywrapper { margin: 0; } + .sphinxsidebar { + display: none; + } + header#pageheader, footer#pagefooter, .related, .document { + margin: 0 1rem; + width: calc(100% - 2rem); + width: -webkit-calc(100% - 2rem); + } +} diff -r 3e4ac23938e1 -r cf1fdb254c41 doc/help/theme/better/static/better_basic.css_t --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/doc/help/theme/better/static/better_basic.css_t Mon Sep 22 13:02:11 2014 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,455 @@ +/* basic.css_t from Sphinx project modified for sphinx-better-theme */ + +/* -- main layout ----------------------------------------------------------- */ + +div.clearer { + clear: both; +} + +/* -- search page ----------------------------------------------------------- */ + +ul.search { + margin: 10px 0 0 20px; + padding: 0; +} + +ul.search li { + padding: 5px 0 5px 20px; + background-image: url(file.png); + background-repeat: no-repeat; + background-position: 0 7px; +} + +ul.search li a { + font-weight: bold; +} + +ul.search li div.context { + color: #888; + margin: 2px 0 0 30px; + text-align: left; +} + +ul.keywordmatches li.goodmatch a { + font-weight: bold; +} + +/* -- index page ------------------------------------------------------------ */ + +table.contentstable { + width: 90%; +} + +table.contentstable p.biglink { + line-height: 150%; +} + +a.biglink { + font-size: 1.3em; +} + +span.linkdescr { + font-style: italic; + padding-top: 5px; + font-size: 90%; +} + +/* -- general index --------------------------------------------------------- */ + +table.indextable { + width: 100%; +} + +table.indextable td { + text-align: left; + vertical-align: top; +} + +table.indextable dl, table.indextable dd { + margin-top: 0; + margin-bottom: 0; +} + +table.indextable tr.pcap { + height: 10px; +} + +table.indextable tr.cap { + margin-top: 10px; + background-color: #f2f2f2; +} + +img.toggler { + margin-right: 3px; + margin-top: 3px; + cursor: pointer; +} + +div.modindex-jumpbox { + border-top: 1px solid #ddd; + border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd; + margin: 1em 0 1em 0; + padding: 0.4em; +} + +div.genindex-jumpbox { + border-top: 1px solid #ddd; + border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd; + margin: 1em 0 1em 0; + padding: 0.4em; +} + +/* -- general body styles --------------------------------------------------- */ + +a.headerlink { + visibility: hidden; +} + +h1:hover > a.headerlink, +h2:hover > a.headerlink, +h3:hover > a.headerlink, +h4:hover > a.headerlink, +h5:hover > a.headerlink, +h6:hover > a.headerlink, +dt:hover > a.headerlink { + visibility: visible; +} + +div.body p.caption { + text-align: inherit; +} + +div.body td { + text-align: left; +} + +.field-list ul { + padding-left: 1em; +} + +.first { + margin-top: 0 !important; +} + +p.rubric { + margin-top: 30px; + font-weight: bold; +} + +img.align-left, .figure.align-left, object.align-left { + clear: left; + float: left; + margin-right: 1em; +} + +img.align-right, .figure.align-right, object.align-right { + clear: right; + float: right; + margin-left: 1em; +} + +img.align-center, .figure.align-center, object.align-center { + display: block; + margin-left: auto; + margin-right: auto; +} + +.align-left { + text-align: left; +} + +.align-center { + text-align: center; +} + +.align-right { + text-align: right; +} + +/* -- sidebars -------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +div.sidebar { + margin: 0 0 0.5em 1em; + border: 1px solid #ddb; + padding: 7px 7px 0 7px; + background-color: #ffe; + width: 40%; + float: right; +} + +p.sidebar-title { + font-weight: bold; +} + +/* -- topics ---------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +div.topic { + border: 1px solid #ccc; + padding: 7px 7px 0 7px; + margin: 10px 0 10px 0; +} + +p.topic-title { + font-size: 1.1em; + font-weight: bold; + margin-top: 10px; +} + +/* -- admonitions ----------------------------------------------------------- */ + +div.admonition { + margin-top: 10px; + margin-bottom: 10px; + padding: 7px; +} + +div.admonition dt { + font-weight: bold; +} + +div.admonition dl { + margin-bottom: 0; +} + +p.admonition-title { + margin: 0px 10px 5px 0px; + font-weight: bold; +} + +div.body p.centered { + text-align: center; + margin-top: 25px; +} + +/* -- tables ---------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +table.docutils { + border: 0; + border-collapse: collapse; +} + +table.docutils td, table.docutils th { + padding: 1px 8px 1px 5px; + border-top: 0; + border-left: 0; + border-right: 0; + border-bottom: 1px solid #aaa; +} + +table.field-list td, table.field-list th { + border: 0 !important; +} + +table.footnote td, table.footnote th { + border: 0 !important; +} + +th { + text-align: left; + padding-right: 5px; +} + +table.citation { + border-left: solid 1px gray; + margin-left: 1px; +} + +table.citation td { + border-bottom: none; +} + +/* -- other body styles ----------------------------------------------------- */ + +ol.arabic { + list-style: decimal; +} + +ol.loweralpha { + list-style: lower-alpha; +} + +ol.upperalpha { + list-style: upper-alpha; +} + +ol.lowerroman { + list-style: lower-roman; +} + +ol.upperroman { + list-style: upper-roman; +} + +dl { + margin-bottom: 15px; +} + +dd p { + margin-top: 0px; +} + +dd ul, dd table { + margin-bottom: 10px; +} + +dd { + margin-top: 3px; + margin-bottom: 10px; + margin-left: 30px; +} + +dt:target, .highlighted { + background-color: #fbe54e; +} + +dl.glossary dt { + font-weight: bold; + font-size: 1.1em; +} + +.field-list ul { + margin: 0; + padding-left: 1em; +} + +.field-list p { + margin: 0; +} + +.refcount { + color: #060; +} + +.optional { + font-size: 1.3em; +} + +.versionmodified { + font-style: italic; +} + +.system-message { + background-color: #fda; + padding: 5px; + border: 3px solid red; +} + +.footnote:target { + background-color: #ffa; +} + +.line-block { + display: block; + margin-top: 1em; + margin-bottom: 1em; +} + +.line-block .line-block { + margin-top: 0; + margin-bottom: 0; + margin-left: 1.5em; +} + +.guilabel, .menuselection { + font-family: sans-serif; +} + +.accelerator { + text-decoration: underline; +} + +.classifier { + font-style: oblique; +} + +abbr, acronym { + border-bottom: dotted 1px; + cursor: help; +} + +/* -- code displays --------------------------------------------------------- */ + +pre { + overflow: auto; + overflow-y: hidden; /* fixes display issues on Chrome browsers */ +} + +td.linenos pre { + padding: 5px 0px; + border: 0; + background-color: transparent; + color: #aaa; +} + +table.highlighttable { + margin-left: 0.5em; +} + +table.highlighttable td { + padding: 0 0.5em 0 0.5em; +} + +tt.descname { + background-color: transparent; + font-weight: bold; + font-size: 1.2em; +} + +tt.descclassname { + background-color: transparent; +} + +tt.xref, a tt { + background-color: transparent; + font-weight: bold; +} + +h1 tt, h2 tt, h3 tt, h4 tt, h5 tt, h6 tt { + background-color: transparent; +} + +.viewcode-link { + float: right; +} + +.viewcode-back { + float: right; + font-family: sans-serif; +} + +div.viewcode-block:target { + margin: -1px -10px; + padding: 0 10px; +} + +/* -- math display ---------------------------------------------------------- */ + +img.math { + vertical-align: middle; +} + +div.body div.math p { + text-align: center; +} + +span.eqno { + float: right; +} + +/* -- printout stylesheet --------------------------------------------------- */ + +@media print { + div.document, + div.documentwrapper, + div.bodywrapper { + margin: 0 !important; + width: 100%; + } + + div.sphinxsidebar, + div.related, + div.footer, + #top-link { + display: none; + } +} diff -r 3e4ac23938e1 -r cf1fdb254c41 doc/help/theme/better/theme.conf --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/doc/help/theme/better/theme.conf Mon Sep 22 13:02:11 2014 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +[theme] +inherit = basic +stylesheet = better.css +pygments_style = sphinx + +[options] +rightsidebar = false +inlinecss = +cssfiles = +scriptfiles = +ga_ua = +ga_domain = + +showrelbartop = true +showrelbarbottom = true +showheader = true +linktotheme = true + +# css shortcuts that should decrease as the markup improves + +## page width is determined by CSS +sidebarwidth = 15rem + +## headtextcolor (color of h* tags) and footertextcolor default to the value +## of textcolor +textcolor = #000000 +headtextcolor = +footertextcolor = diff -r 3e4ac23938e1 -r cf1fdb254c41 manuals/CMakeLists.txt --- a/manuals/CMakeLists.txt Mon Sep 22 12:55:24 2014 +0200 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 @@ -1,60 +0,0 @@ -# Copyright (C) 2014 by Bundesamt für Sicherheit in der Informationstechnik -# Software engineering by Intevation GmbH -# -# This file is Free Software under the GNU GPL (v>=2) -# and comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY! -# See LICENSE.txt for details. - -if(NOT DEFINED SPHINX_THEME) - set(SPHINX_THEME better) -endif() - -if(NOT DEFINED SPHINX_THEME_DIR) - set(SPHINX_THEME_DIR "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/theme") -endif() - -set(ADMIN_MANUAL_IN "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/admin-manual") -set(ADMIN_MANUAL_OUT "${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/admin-manual") -set(HELP_MANUAL_IN "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/help-manual") -set(HELP_MANUAL_OUT "${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/help-manual") - - -# configured documentation tools and intermediate build results -set(BINARY_BUILD_DIR_ADMIN "${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/_build-admin") -set(BINARY_BUILD_DIR_HELP "${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/_build-help") - -# Sphinx cache with pickled ReST documents -set(SPHINX_CACHE_DIR_ADMIN "${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/_doctrees-admin") -set(SPHINX_CACHE_DIR_HELP "${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/_doctrees-help") - -# HTML output directory -set(SPHINX_HTML_DIR_ADMIN "${ADMIN_MANUAL_OUT}/html") -set(SPHINX_HTML_DIR_HELP "${HELP_MANUAL_OUT}/html") - -configure_file( - "${ADMIN_MANUAL_IN}/conf.py.in" - "${BINARY_BUILD_DIR_ADMIN}/conf.py" - @ONLY) - -configure_file( - "${HELP_MANUAL_IN}/conf.py.in" - "${BINARY_BUILD_DIR_HELP}/conf.py" - @ONLY) - -add_custom_target(admin_manual ALL - ${SPHINX_EXECUTABLE} - -q -b html - -c "${BINARY_BUILD_DIR_ADMIN}" - -d "${SPHINX_CACHE_DIR_ADMIN}" - "${ADMIN_MANUAL_IN}" - "${SPHINX_HTML_DIR_ADMIN}" - COMMENT "Building HTML Admin documentation with Sphinx") - -add_custom_target(help_manual ALL - ${SPHINX_EXECUTABLE} - -q -b html - -c "${BINARY_BUILD_DIR_HELP}" - -d "${SPHINX_CACHE_DIR_HELP}" - "${HELP_MANUAL_IN}" - "${SPHINX_HTML_DIR_HELP}" - COMMENT "Building HTML Help with Sphinx") diff -r 3e4ac23938e1 -r cf1fdb254c41 manuals/README.txt --- a/manuals/README.txt Mon Sep 22 12:55:24 2014 +0200 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 @@ -1,33 +0,0 @@ -TrustBridge documentation -========================= - -The TrustBridge documentation should be build automatically by the -default target in cmake if sphinx is found. - -Requirements on ubuntu 14.4: -python-sphinx - -How to build TrustBridge documentation manually -=============================================== - -The TrustBridge documentation based on Sphinx . -Please install the requirements before you build the documentation. - - $ virtualenv .venv - $ . .venv/bin/activate - (.venv) pip install -r requirements.txt - - -Build TrustBridge help pages: - (.venv) cd help-manual - (.venv) make html - - => Open HTML output: _build/html/index.html - - -Build TrustBridge Admin help pages: - (.venv) cd admin-manual - (.venv) make html - - => Open HTML output: _build/html/index.html - diff -r 3e4ac23938e1 -r cf1fdb254c41 manuals/admin-manual/Makefile --- a/manuals/admin-manual/Makefile Mon Sep 22 12:55:24 2014 +0200 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 @@ -1,153 +0,0 @@ -# Makefile for Sphinx documentation -# - -# You can set these variables from the command line. -SPHINXOPTS = -SPHINXBUILD = sphinx-build -PAPER = -BUILDDIR = _build - -# Internal variables. -PAPEROPT_a4 = -D latex_paper_size=a4 -PAPEROPT_letter = -D latex_paper_size=letter -ALLSPHINXOPTS = -d $(BUILDDIR)/doctrees $(PAPEROPT_$(PAPER)) $(SPHINXOPTS) . -# the i18n builder cannot share the environment and doctrees with the others -I18NSPHINXOPTS = $(PAPEROPT_$(PAPER)) $(SPHINXOPTS) . - -.PHONY: help clean html dirhtml singlehtml pickle json htmlhelp qthelp devhelp epub latex latexpdf text man changes linkcheck doctest gettext - -help: - @echo "Please use \`make ' where is one of" - @echo " html to make standalone HTML files" - @echo " dirhtml to make HTML files named index.html in directories" - @echo " singlehtml to make a single large HTML file" - @echo " pickle to make pickle files" - @echo " json to make JSON files" - @echo " htmlhelp to make HTML files and a HTML help project" - @echo " qthelp to make HTML files and a qthelp project" - @echo " devhelp to make HTML files and a Devhelp project" - @echo " epub to make an epub" - @echo " latex to make LaTeX files, you can set PAPER=a4 or PAPER=letter" - @echo " latexpdf to make LaTeX files and run them through pdflatex" - @echo " text to make text files" - @echo " man to make manual pages" - @echo " texinfo to make Texinfo files" - @echo " info to make Texinfo files and run them through makeinfo" - @echo " gettext to make PO message catalogs" - @echo " changes to make an overview of all changed/added/deprecated items" - @echo " linkcheck to check all external links for integrity" - @echo " doctest to run all doctests embedded in the documentation (if enabled)" - -clean: - -rm -rf $(BUILDDIR)/* - -html: - $(SPHINXBUILD) -b html $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/html - @echo - @echo "Build finished. The HTML pages are in $(BUILDDIR)/html." - -dirhtml: - $(SPHINXBUILD) -b dirhtml $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/dirhtml - @echo - @echo "Build finished. The HTML pages are in $(BUILDDIR)/dirhtml." - -singlehtml: - $(SPHINXBUILD) -b singlehtml $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/singlehtml - @echo - @echo "Build finished. The HTML page is in $(BUILDDIR)/singlehtml." - -pickle: - $(SPHINXBUILD) -b pickle $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/pickle - @echo - @echo "Build finished; now you can process the pickle files." - -json: - $(SPHINXBUILD) -b json $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/json - @echo - @echo "Build finished; now you can process the JSON files." - -htmlhelp: - $(SPHINXBUILD) -b htmlhelp $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/htmlhelp - @echo - @echo "Build finished; now you can run HTML Help Workshop with the" \ - ".hhp project file in $(BUILDDIR)/htmlhelp." - -qthelp: - $(SPHINXBUILD) -b qthelp $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/qthelp - @echo - @echo "Build finished; now you can run "qcollectiongenerator" with the" \ - ".qhcp project file in $(BUILDDIR)/qthelp, like this:" - @echo "# qcollectiongenerator $(BUILDDIR)/qthelp/Dokumentationsvorlage.qhcp" - @echo "To view the help file:" - @echo "# assistant -collectionFile $(BUILDDIR)/qthelp/Dokumentationsvorlage.qhc" - -devhelp: - $(SPHINXBUILD) -b devhelp $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/devhelp - @echo - @echo "Build finished." - @echo "To view the help file:" - @echo "# mkdir -p $$HOME/.local/share/devhelp/Dokumentationsvorlage" - @echo "# ln -s $(BUILDDIR)/devhelp $$HOME/.local/share/devhelp/Dokumentationsvorlage" - @echo "# devhelp" - -epub: - $(SPHINXBUILD) -b epub $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/epub - @echo - @echo "Build finished. The epub file is in $(BUILDDIR)/epub." - -latex: - $(SPHINXBUILD) -b latex $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/latex - @echo - @echo "Build finished; the LaTeX files are in $(BUILDDIR)/latex." - @echo "Run \`make' in that directory to run these through (pdf)latex" \ - "(use \`make latexpdf' here to do that automatically)." - -latexpdf: - $(SPHINXBUILD) -b latex $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/latex - @echo "Running LaTeX files through pdflatex..." - $(MAKE) -C $(BUILDDIR)/latex all-pdf - @echo "pdflatex finished; the PDF files are in $(BUILDDIR)/latex." - -text: - $(SPHINXBUILD) -b text $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/text - @echo - @echo "Build finished. The text files are in $(BUILDDIR)/text." - -man: - $(SPHINXBUILD) -b man $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/man - @echo - @echo "Build finished. The manual pages are in $(BUILDDIR)/man." - -texinfo: - $(SPHINXBUILD) -b texinfo $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/texinfo - @echo - @echo "Build finished. The Texinfo files are in $(BUILDDIR)/texinfo." - @echo "Run \`make' in that directory to run these through makeinfo" \ - "(use \`make info' here to do that automatically)." - -info: - $(SPHINXBUILD) -b texinfo $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/texinfo - @echo "Running Texinfo files through makeinfo..." - make -C $(BUILDDIR)/texinfo info - @echo "makeinfo finished; the Info files are in $(BUILDDIR)/texinfo." - -gettext: - $(SPHINXBUILD) -b gettext $(I18NSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/locale - @echo - @echo "Build finished. The message catalogs are in $(BUILDDIR)/locale." - -changes: - $(SPHINXBUILD) -b changes $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/changes - @echo - @echo "The overview file is in $(BUILDDIR)/changes." - -linkcheck: - $(SPHINXBUILD) -b linkcheck $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/linkcheck - @echo - @echo "Link check complete; look for any errors in the above output " \ - "or in $(BUILDDIR)/linkcheck/output.txt." - -doctest: - $(SPHINXBUILD) -b doctest $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/doctest - @echo "Testing of doctests in the sources finished, look at the " \ - "results in $(BUILDDIR)/doctest/output.txt." diff -r 3e4ac23938e1 -r cf1fdb254c41 manuals/admin-manual/_static/extra-style.css --- a/manuals/admin-manual/_static/extra-style.css Mon Sep 22 12:55:24 2014 +0200 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -.figure img { - border: 1px solid lightgrey; - margin-bottom: 10px; - padding: 4px; -} -.figure .caption { - margin-top: 0px; - margin-bottom: 20px; -} diff -r 3e4ac23938e1 -r cf1fdb254c41 manuals/admin-manual/_templates/searchbox.html --- a/manuals/admin-manual/_templates/searchbox.html Mon Sep 22 12:55:24 2014 +0200 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -{# - basic/searchbox.html - ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - - Sphinx sidebar template: quick search box. - - :copyright: Copyright 2007-2014 by the Sphinx team, see AUTHORS. - :license: BSD, see LICENSE for details. -#} -{%- if pagename != "search" and builder != "singlehtml" %} - -

- -{%- endif %} diff -r 3e4ac23938e1 -r cf1fdb254c41 manuals/admin-manual/bedienung.rst --- a/manuals/admin-manual/bedienung.rst Mon Sep 22 12:55:24 2014 +0200 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -Die grafische Oberfläche -======================== - - -Die **TrustBridge-Verwaltungsanwendung** ... - -TODO: Screenshot diff -r 3e4ac23938e1 -r cf1fdb254c41 manuals/admin-manual/conf.py --- a/manuals/admin-manual/conf.py Mon Sep 22 12:55:24 2014 +0200 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 @@ -1,240 +0,0 @@ -# -*- coding: utf-8 -*- -# -# Dokumentationsvorlage documentation build configuration file, created by -# sphinx-quickstart on Fri Dec 14 12:07:59 2012. -# -# This file is execfile()d with the current directory set to its containing dir. -# -# Note that not all possible configuration values are present in this -# autogenerated file. -# -# All configuration values have a default; values that are commented out -# serve to show the default. - -import sys, os - -# If extensions (or modules to document with autodoc) are in another directory, -# add these directories to sys.path here. If the directory is relative to the -# documentation root, use os.path.abspath to make it absolute, like shown here. -#sys.path.insert(0, os.path.abspath('extensions')) - -# -- General configuration ----------------------------------------------------- - -# If your documentation needs a minimal Sphinx version, state it here. -#needs_sphinx = '1.0' - -# Add any Sphinx extension module names here, as strings. They can be extensions -# coming with Sphinx (named 'sphinx.ext.*') or your custom ones. -#extensions = [''] - -# Add any paths that contain templates here, relative to this directory. -templates_path = ['_templates'] - -# The suffix of source filenames. -source_suffix = '.rst' - -# The encoding of source files. -#source_encoding = 'utf-8-sig' - -# The master toctree document. -master_doc = 'index' - -# General information about the project. -project = u'TrustBridge-Hilfe' -copyright = u'2014, BSI' - -# The version info for the project you're documenting, acts as replacement for -# |version| and |release|, also used in various other places throughout the -# built documents. -# -# The short X.Y version. -version = '1.0' -# The full version, including alpha/beta/rc tags. -release = '1.0' - -# The language for content autogenerated by Sphinx. Refer to documentation -# for a list of supported languages. -language = 'de' - -# There are two options for replacing |today|: either, you set today to some -# non-false value, then it is used: -#today = '' -# Else, today_fmt is used as the format for a strftime call. -#today_fmt = '%B %d, %Y' - -# List of patterns, relative to source directory, that match files and -# directories to ignore when looking for source files. -exclude_patterns = ['_build'] - -# The reST default role (used for this markup: `text`) to use for all documents. -#default_role = None - -# If true, '()' will be appended to :func: etc. cross-reference text. -#add_function_parentheses = True - -# If true, the current module name will be prepended to all description -# unit titles (such as .. function::). -#add_module_names = True - -# If true, sectionauthor and moduleauthor directives will be shown in the -# output. They are ignored by default. -#show_authors = False - -# The name of the Pygments (syntax highlighting) style to use. -pygments_style = 'sphinx' - -# A list of ignored prefixes for module index sorting. -#modindex_common_prefix = [] - - -# -- Options for HTML output --------------------------------------------------- - -# The theme to use for HTML and HTML Help pages. See the documentation for -# a list of builtin themes. -from better import better_theme_path -html_theme_path = [better_theme_path] -html_theme = 'better' - -# Theme options are theme-specific and customize the look and feel of a theme -# further. For a list of options available for each theme, see the -# documentation. -html_theme_options = { - 'linktotheme': False, - 'cssfiles': ['_static/extra-style.css'], -} - -# Add any paths that contain custom themes here, relative to this directory. -#html_theme_path = [] - -# The name for this set of Sphinx documents. If None, it defaults to -# " v documentation". -html_title = 'TrustBridge-Verwaltung Hilfe' - -# A shorter title for the navigation bar. Default is the same as html_title. -html_short_title = 'Home' - -# The name of an image file (relative to this directory) to place at the top -# of the sidebar. -#html_logo = None - -# The name of an image file (within the static path) to use as favicon of the -# docs. This file should be a Windows icon file (.ico) being 16x16 or 32x32 -# pixels large. -#html_favicon = None - -# Add any paths that contain custom static files (such as style sheets) here, -# relative to this directory. They are copied after the builtin static files, -# so a file named "default.css" will overwrite the builtin "default.css". -html_static_path = ['_static'] - -# If not '', a 'Last updated on:' timestamp is inserted at every page bottom, -# using the given strftime format. -#html_last_updated_fmt = '%b %d, %Y' - -# If true, SmartyPants will be used to convert quotes and dashes to -# typographically correct entities. -#html_use_smartypants = True - -# Custom sidebar templates, maps document names to template names. -html_sidebars = { - '**': ['globaltoc.html', 'searchbox.html'], -} - -# Additional templates that should be rendered to pages, maps page names to -# template names. -#html_additional_pages = {} - -# If false, no module index is generated. -#html_domain_indices = True - -# If false, no index is generated. -#html_use_index = True - -# If true, the index is split into individual pages for each letter. -#html_split_index = False - -# If true, links to the reST sources are added to the pages. -#html_show_sourcelink = True - -# If true, "Created using Sphinx" is shown in the HTML footer. Default is True. -html_show_sphinx = False - -# If true, "(C) Copyright ..." is shown in the HTML footer. Default is True. -#html_show_copyright = True - -# If true, an OpenSearch description file will be output, and all pages will -# contain a tag referring to it. The value of this option must be the -# base URL from which the finished HTML is served. -#html_use_opensearch = '' - -# This is the file name suffix for HTML files (e.g. ".xhtml"). -#html_file_suffix = None - -# Output file base name for HTML help builder. -# htmlhelp_basename = '' - - -# -- Options for LaTeX output -------------------------------------------------- - -latex_elements = { -# The paper size ('letterpaper' or 'a4paper'). -'papersize': 'a4paper,oneside', - -# The font size ('10pt', '11pt' or '12pt'). -'pointsize': '11pt', - -# Additional stuff for the LaTeX preamble. -'preamble': - '\\usepackage{colortbl} '\ - '\\usepackage{booktabs} '\ - '\\usepackage{tabularx} '\ - '\\newcommand{\\projecttitle}{} '\ - '\\newcommand{\\documenttype}{TrustBridge-Verwaltungsanwendung} '\ - '\\newcommand{\\documentdate}{12. August 2014} '\ - '\\newcommand{\\documentversion}{Version 0.1} '\ - '\\newcommand{\\customer}{BSI} '\ - '', - -'babel': '\usepackage[ngerman]{babel}', -'fncychap' : '', - -'maketitle': - # Titelseite - '\\includegraphics[height=2cm]{brieflogo-neu.png} \\\\[2.5cm] '\ - '{\\sffamily\\bfseries\\large \\projecttitle \\\\[0.5cm] '\ - '\\huge \\documenttype \\\\[2.5cm]'\ - '\\small \\documentdate, \\documentversion \\\\[2.5cm]'\ - '\\sffamily\\bfseries\\small '\ - 'Autor: Intevation GmbH\\\\[1.0cm] '\ - '} '\ - '', -} - -# Grouping the document tree into LaTeX files. List of tuples -# (source start file, target name, title, author, documentclass [howto/manual]). -latex_documents = [ - ('index', 'TrustBridge-Verwaltungsanwendung.tex', u'TrustBridge-Verwaltungsanwendung', - u'Intevation GmbH', 'manual'), -] - -latex_docclass = { 'manual': 'scrreprt', } - -# The name of an image file (relative to this directory) to place at the top of -# the title page. -#latex_logo = None - -# For "manual" documents, if this is true, then toplevel headings are parts, -# not chapters. -latex_use_parts = False - -# If true, show page references after internal links. -#latex_show_pagerefs = False - -# If true, show URL addresses after external links. -#latex_show_urls = False - -# Documents to append as an appendix to all manuals. -#latex_appendices = [] - -# If false, no module index is generated. -#latex_domain_indices = True diff -r 3e4ac23938e1 -r cf1fdb254c41 manuals/admin-manual/conf.py.in --- a/manuals/admin-manual/conf.py.in Mon Sep 22 12:55:24 2014 +0200 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 @@ -1,239 +0,0 @@ -# -*- coding: utf-8 -*- -# -# Dokumentationsvorlage documentation build configuration file, created by -# sphinx-quickstart on Fri Dec 14 12:07:59 2012. -# -# This file is execfile()d with the current directory set to its containing dir. -# -# Note that not all possible configuration values are present in this -# autogenerated file. -# -# All configuration values have a default; values that are commented out -# serve to show the default. - -import sys, os - -# If extensions (or modules to document with autodoc) are in another directory, -# add these directories to sys.path here. If the directory is relative to the -# documentation root, use os.path.abspath to make it absolute, like shown here. -#sys.path.insert(0, os.path.abspath('extensions')) - -# -- General configuration ----------------------------------------------------- - -# If your documentation needs a minimal Sphinx version, state it here. -#needs_sphinx = '1.0' - -# Add any Sphinx extension module names here, as strings. They can be extensions -# coming with Sphinx (named 'sphinx.ext.*') or your custom ones. -#extensions = [''] - -# Add any paths that contain templates here, relative to this directory. -templates_path = ['_templates'] - -# The suffix of source filenames. -source_suffix = '.rst' - -# The encoding of source files. -#source_encoding = 'utf-8-sig' - -# The master toctree document. -master_doc = 'index' - -# General information about the project. -project = u'TrustBridge-Hilfe' -copyright = u'2014, BSI' - -# The version info for the project you're documenting, acts as replacement for -# |version| and |release|, also used in various other places throughout the -# built documents. -# -# The short X.Y version. -version = '@HG_REVISION_TAG@' -# The full version, including alpha/beta/rc tags. -release = '@PROJECT_VERSION@' - -# The language for content autogenerated by Sphinx. Refer to documentation -# for a list of supported languages. -language = 'de' - -# There are two options for replacing |today|: either, you set today to some -# non-false value, then it is used: -#today = '' -# Else, today_fmt is used as the format for a strftime call. -#today_fmt = '%B %d, %Y' - -# List of patterns, relative to source directory, that match files and -# directories to ignore when looking for source files. -exclude_patterns = ['_build'] - -# The reST default role (used for this markup: `text`) to use for all documents. -#default_role = None - -# If true, '()' will be appended to :func: etc. cross-reference text. -#add_function_parentheses = True - -# If true, the current module name will be prepended to all description -# unit titles (such as .. function::). -#add_module_names = True - -# If true, sectionauthor and moduleauthor directives will be shown in the -# output. They are ignored by default. -#show_authors = False - -# The name of the Pygments (syntax highlighting) style to use. -pygments_style = 'sphinx' - -# A list of ignored prefixes for module index sorting. -#modindex_common_prefix = [] - - -# -- Options for HTML output --------------------------------------------------- - -# The theme to use for HTML and HTML Help pages. See the documentation for -# a list of builtin themes. -html_theme_path = ['@SPHINX_THEME_DIR@'] -html_theme = '@SPHINX_THEME@' - -# Theme options are theme-specific and customize the look and feel of a theme -# further. For a list of options available for each theme, see the -# documentation. -html_theme_options = { - 'linktotheme': False, - 'cssfiles': ['@ADMIN_MANUAL_IN@/_static/extra-style.css'], -} - -# Add any paths that contain custom themes here, relative to this directory. -#html_theme_path = [] - -# The name for this set of Sphinx documents. If None, it defaults to -# " v documentation". -html_title = 'TrustBridge-Verwaltung Hilfe' - -# A shorter title for the navigation bar. Default is the same as html_title. -html_short_title = 'Home' - -# The name of an image file (relative to this directory) to place at the top -# of the sidebar. -#html_logo = None - -# The name of an image file (within the static path) to use as favicon of the -# docs. This file should be a Windows icon file (.ico) being 16x16 or 32x32 -# pixels large. -#html_favicon = None - -# Add any paths that contain custom static files (such as style sheets) here, -# relative to this directory. They are copied after the builtin static files, -# so a file named "default.css" will overwrite the builtin "default.css". -html_static_path = ['@ADMIN_MANUAL_IN@/_static'] - -# If not '', a 'Last updated on:' timestamp is inserted at every page bottom, -# using the given strftime format. -#html_last_updated_fmt = '%b %d, %Y' - -# If true, SmartyPants will be used to convert quotes and dashes to -# typographically correct entities. -#html_use_smartypants = True - -# Custom sidebar templates, maps document names to template names. -html_sidebars = { - '**': ['globaltoc.html', 'searchbox.html'], -} - -# Additional templates that should be rendered to pages, maps page names to -# template names. -#html_additional_pages = {} - -# If false, no module index is generated. -#html_domain_indices = True - -# If false, no index is generated. -#html_use_index = True - -# If true, the index is split into individual pages for each letter. -#html_split_index = False - -# If true, links to the reST sources are added to the pages. -#html_show_sourcelink = True - -# If true, "Created using Sphinx" is shown in the HTML footer. Default is True. -html_show_sphinx = False - -# If true, "(C) Copyright ..." is shown in the HTML footer. Default is True. -#html_show_copyright = True - -# If true, an OpenSearch description file will be output, and all pages will -# contain a tag referring to it. The value of this option must be the -# base URL from which the finished HTML is served. -#html_use_opensearch = '' - -# This is the file name suffix for HTML files (e.g. ".xhtml"). -#html_file_suffix = None - -# Output file base name for HTML help builder. -# htmlhelp_basename = '' - - -# -- Options for LaTeX output -------------------------------------------------- - -latex_elements = { -# The paper size ('letterpaper' or 'a4paper'). -'papersize': 'a4paper,oneside', - -# The font size ('10pt', '11pt' or '12pt'). -'pointsize': '11pt', - -# Additional stuff for the LaTeX preamble. -'preamble': - '\\usepackage{colortbl} '\ - '\\usepackage{booktabs} '\ - '\\usepackage{tabularx} '\ - '\\newcommand{\\projecttitle}{} '\ - '\\newcommand{\\documenttype}{TrustBridge-Verwaltungsanwendung} '\ - '\\newcommand{\\documentdate}{12. August 2014} '\ - '\\newcommand{\\documentversion}{Version 0.1} '\ - '\\newcommand{\\customer}{BSI} '\ - '', - -'babel': '\usepackage[ngerman]{babel}', -'fncychap' : '', - -'maketitle': - # Titelseite - '\\includegraphics[height=2cm]{brieflogo-neu.png} \\\\[2.5cm] '\ - '{\\sffamily\\bfseries\\large \\projecttitle \\\\[0.5cm] '\ - '\\huge \\documenttype \\\\[2.5cm]'\ - '\\small \\documentdate, \\documentversion \\\\[2.5cm]'\ - '\\sffamily\\bfseries\\small '\ - 'Autor: Intevation GmbH\\\\[1.0cm] '\ - '} '\ - '', -} - -# Grouping the document tree into LaTeX files. List of tuples -# (source start file, target name, title, author, documentclass [howto/manual]). -latex_documents = [ - ('index', 'TrustBridge-Verwaltungsanwendung.tex', u'TrustBridge-Verwaltungsanwendung', - u'Intevation GmbH', 'manual'), -] - -latex_docclass = { 'manual': 'scrreprt', } - -# The name of an image file (relative to this directory) to place at the top of -# the title page. -#latex_logo = None - -# For "manual" documents, if this is true, then toplevel headings are parts, -# not chapters. -latex_use_parts = False - -# If true, show page references after internal links. -#latex_show_pagerefs = False - -# If true, show URL addresses after external links. -#latex_show_urls = False - -# Documents to append as an appendix to all manuals. -#latex_appendices = [] - -# If false, no module index is generated. -#latex_domain_indices = True diff -r 3e4ac23938e1 -r cf1fdb254c41 manuals/admin-manual/index.rst --- a/manuals/admin-manual/index.rst Mon Sep 22 12:55:24 2014 +0200 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 @@ -1,59 +0,0 @@ -Was ist TrustBridge? -==================== - -TrustBridge ist eine Anwendung vom `Bundesamt für Sicherheit in der -Informationstechnik (BSI) `_ für die Verbreitung -von empfohlenen Wurzelzertifikaten. - -TrustBridge macht es Nutzern einfacher, Wurzelzertifikate für eine -X.509-basierende, öffentliche Zertifikatsinfrastruktur (PKI) -einzuspielen und aktuell zu halten. TrustBridge verteilt -Wurzelzertifikate, welche von den Betriebssystemen und Webbrowsern -nicht mitgeliefert werden. Existierende Zertifikate, die korrumpiert -oder missbraucht wurden, können von TrustBridge über eine -Deinstallations-Empfehlung entfernt werden. Dabei ist unerheblich, ob -die Zertifikate auf der Anwenderebene vorher bereits installiert -waren. - -**Wurzelzertifikate** (auch Rootzertifikate genannt) sind die Basis -einer PKI zur Feststellung der Authentizität des -Kommunikationspartners und der Integrität seiner Nachrichten für -verschiedene Anwendungen -- insbesondere bei der Übertragung über -unsichere Kommunikationskanäle, wie dem Internet. - -Ein Wurzelzertifikat dient als Vertrauensanker ("Trust Anchor") für -alle darunter hängenden Zertifikate. Unterhalb der Wurzel folgt eine -Sicherheitskette ("Trust Chain") von ein oder mehreren -Zwischenzertifikaten der Zertifizierungsstellen, gefolgt von den -ausgestellten Zertifikaten für die Anwendungen. Die Zertifikate -sichern per Public-Key-Kryptoverfahren nach dem X.509-v3 Standard -beispielsweise TLS-Verbindungen von Webbrowser zu Webserver (HTTPS) -oder E-Mail-Klient zu E-Mail-Server (IMAPS). Ein weiteres Beispiel ist -die Ende-zu-Ende Absicherung von E-Mail per S/MIME-Standard. - - -Über diese Hilfe -================ -Diese Hilfe unterstützt Sie bei der Bedienung der -TrustBridge-Verwaltungsanwendung und gibt Hinweise zum Betrieb des -Download-Servers. Die Hilfeseiten im Überblick: - -.. toctree:: - :maxdepth: 2 - - installation - bedienung - - -Impressum -========= - -Copyright 2014 Die Rechte liegen beim `Bundesamt für Sicherheit in der -Informationstechnik (BSI) `_. - -TrustBridge wurde von den Unternehmen `Intevation GmbH -`_ und `DN-Systems GmbH -`_ entwickelt, im Auftrag vom BSI. - -Diese TrustBridge-Hilfe ist unter der `Creative Commons CC BY-SA 3.0 -`_ lizensiert. diff -r 3e4ac23938e1 -r cf1fdb254c41 manuals/admin-manual/installation.rst --- a/manuals/admin-manual/installation.rst Mon Sep 22 12:55:24 2014 +0200 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -Installation -============ - -Die TrustBridge-Verwaltungsanwendung läuft unter Windows und GNU/Linux. -Offiziell unterstützt und geprüft sind Windows 7 und Ubuntu 14.04 -(jeweils 64 Bit). - - -TODO: Systemvoraussetzung, Windows, Ubuntu diff -r 3e4ac23938e1 -r cf1fdb254c41 manuals/help-manual/Makefile --- a/manuals/help-manual/Makefile Mon Sep 22 12:55:24 2014 +0200 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 @@ -1,153 +0,0 @@ -# Makefile for Sphinx documentation -# - -# You can set these variables from the command line. -SPHINXOPTS = -SPHINXBUILD = sphinx-build -PAPER = -BUILDDIR = _build - -# Internal variables. -PAPEROPT_a4 = -D latex_paper_size=a4 -PAPEROPT_letter = -D latex_paper_size=letter -ALLSPHINXOPTS = -d $(BUILDDIR)/doctrees $(PAPEROPT_$(PAPER)) $(SPHINXOPTS) . -# the i18n builder cannot share the environment and doctrees with the others -I18NSPHINXOPTS = $(PAPEROPT_$(PAPER)) $(SPHINXOPTS) . - -.PHONY: help clean html dirhtml singlehtml pickle json htmlhelp qthelp devhelp epub latex latexpdf text man changes linkcheck doctest gettext - -help: - @echo "Please use \`make ' where is one of" - @echo " html to make standalone HTML files" - @echo " dirhtml to make HTML files named index.html in directories" - @echo " singlehtml to make a single large HTML file" - @echo " pickle to make pickle files" - @echo " json to make JSON files" - @echo " htmlhelp to make HTML files and a HTML help project" - @echo " qthelp to make HTML files and a qthelp project" - @echo " devhelp to make HTML files and a Devhelp project" - @echo " epub to make an epub" - @echo " latex to make LaTeX files, you can set PAPER=a4 or PAPER=letter" - @echo " latexpdf to make LaTeX files and run them through pdflatex" - @echo " text to make text files" - @echo " man to make manual pages" - @echo " texinfo to make Texinfo files" - @echo " info to make Texinfo files and run them through makeinfo" - @echo " gettext to make PO message catalogs" - @echo " changes to make an overview of all changed/added/deprecated items" - @echo " linkcheck to check all external links for integrity" - @echo " doctest to run all doctests embedded in the documentation (if enabled)" - -clean: - -rm -rf $(BUILDDIR)/* - -html: - $(SPHINXBUILD) -b html $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/html - @echo - @echo "Build finished. The HTML pages are in $(BUILDDIR)/html." - -dirhtml: - $(SPHINXBUILD) -b dirhtml $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/dirhtml - @echo - @echo "Build finished. The HTML pages are in $(BUILDDIR)/dirhtml." - -singlehtml: - $(SPHINXBUILD) -b singlehtml $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/singlehtml - @echo - @echo "Build finished. The HTML page is in $(BUILDDIR)/singlehtml." - -pickle: - $(SPHINXBUILD) -b pickle $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/pickle - @echo - @echo "Build finished; now you can process the pickle files." - -json: - $(SPHINXBUILD) -b json $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/json - @echo - @echo "Build finished; now you can process the JSON files." - -htmlhelp: - $(SPHINXBUILD) -b htmlhelp $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/htmlhelp - @echo - @echo "Build finished; now you can run HTML Help Workshop with the" \ - ".hhp project file in $(BUILDDIR)/htmlhelp." - -qthelp: - $(SPHINXBUILD) -b qthelp $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/qthelp - @echo - @echo "Build finished; now you can run "qcollectiongenerator" with the" \ - ".qhcp project file in $(BUILDDIR)/qthelp, like this:" - @echo "# qcollectiongenerator $(BUILDDIR)/qthelp/Dokumentationsvorlage.qhcp" - @echo "To view the help file:" - @echo "# assistant -collectionFile $(BUILDDIR)/qthelp/Dokumentationsvorlage.qhc" - -devhelp: - $(SPHINXBUILD) -b devhelp $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/devhelp - @echo - @echo "Build finished." - @echo "To view the help file:" - @echo "# mkdir -p $$HOME/.local/share/devhelp/Dokumentationsvorlage" - @echo "# ln -s $(BUILDDIR)/devhelp $$HOME/.local/share/devhelp/Dokumentationsvorlage" - @echo "# devhelp" - -epub: - $(SPHINXBUILD) -b epub $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/epub - @echo - @echo "Build finished. The epub file is in $(BUILDDIR)/epub." - -latex: - $(SPHINXBUILD) -b latex $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/latex - @echo - @echo "Build finished; the LaTeX files are in $(BUILDDIR)/latex." - @echo "Run \`make' in that directory to run these through (pdf)latex" \ - "(use \`make latexpdf' here to do that automatically)." - -latexpdf: - $(SPHINXBUILD) -b latex $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/latex - @echo "Running LaTeX files through pdflatex..." - $(MAKE) -C $(BUILDDIR)/latex all-pdf - @echo "pdflatex finished; the PDF files are in $(BUILDDIR)/latex." - -text: - $(SPHINXBUILD) -b text $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/text - @echo - @echo "Build finished. The text files are in $(BUILDDIR)/text." - -man: - $(SPHINXBUILD) -b man $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/man - @echo - @echo "Build finished. The manual pages are in $(BUILDDIR)/man." - -texinfo: - $(SPHINXBUILD) -b texinfo $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/texinfo - @echo - @echo "Build finished. The Texinfo files are in $(BUILDDIR)/texinfo." - @echo "Run \`make' in that directory to run these through makeinfo" \ - "(use \`make info' here to do that automatically)." - -info: - $(SPHINXBUILD) -b texinfo $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/texinfo - @echo "Running Texinfo files through makeinfo..." - make -C $(BUILDDIR)/texinfo info - @echo "makeinfo finished; the Info files are in $(BUILDDIR)/texinfo." - -gettext: - $(SPHINXBUILD) -b gettext $(I18NSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/locale - @echo - @echo "Build finished. The message catalogs are in $(BUILDDIR)/locale." - -changes: - $(SPHINXBUILD) -b changes $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/changes - @echo - @echo "The overview file is in $(BUILDDIR)/changes." - -linkcheck: - $(SPHINXBUILD) -b linkcheck $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/linkcheck - @echo - @echo "Link check complete; look for any errors in the above output " \ - "or in $(BUILDDIR)/linkcheck/output.txt." - -doctest: - $(SPHINXBUILD) -b doctest $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/doctest - @echo "Testing of doctests in the sources finished, look at the " \ - "results in $(BUILDDIR)/doctest/output.txt." diff -r 3e4ac23938e1 -r cf1fdb254c41 manuals/help-manual/_static/bsi-logo.png Binary file manuals/help-manual/_static/bsi-logo.png has changed diff -r 3e4ac23938e1 -r cf1fdb254c41 manuals/help-manual/_static/extra-style.css --- a/manuals/help-manual/_static/extra-style.css Mon Sep 22 12:55:24 2014 +0200 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 @@ -1,30 +0,0 @@ -.figure img { - border: 1px solid lightgrey; - margin-bottom: 10px; - padding: 4px; -} -.figure .caption { - margin-top: 0px; - margin-bottom: 20px; -} -tt { - font-size: 1.1em; - background-color: transparent; -} -#pageheader img { - float: left; - margin-right: 10px; -} -#pageheader h1 { - margin: 5px; - padding: 15px; -} -#breadcrumbs { - display: none; -} -.related.top #rellinks { - margin-top: -25px; -} -#pagefooter { - padding-bottom: 0 !important; -} diff -r 3e4ac23938e1 -r cf1fdb254c41 manuals/help-manual/_static/nsis-installer.png Binary file manuals/help-manual/_static/nsis-installer.png has changed diff -r 3e4ac23938e1 -r cf1fdb254c41 manuals/help-manual/_static/sicherheitswarnung.png Binary file manuals/help-manual/_static/sicherheitswarnung.png has changed diff -r 3e4ac23938e1 -r cf1fdb254c41 manuals/help-manual/_static/stores.png Binary file manuals/help-manual/_static/stores.png has changed diff -r 3e4ac23938e1 -r cf1fdb254c41 manuals/help-manual/_static/trustbridge-gui_win.png Binary file manuals/help-manual/_static/trustbridge-gui_win.png has changed diff -r 3e4ac23938e1 -r cf1fdb254c41 manuals/help-manual/_static/trustbridge-logo.png Binary file manuals/help-manual/_static/trustbridge-logo.png has changed diff -r 3e4ac23938e1 -r cf1fdb254c41 manuals/help-manual/_templates/layout.html --- a/manuals/help-manual/_templates/layout.html Mon Sep 22 12:55:24 2014 +0200 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 @@ -1,17 +0,0 @@ -{% extends '!layout.html' %} - -{%- block header %} - {%- if theme_showheader|tobool %} - - {%- endif %} -{%- endblock %} - - -{% block footer %} -
- © 2014, BSI | TrustBridge {{version}}
- -
-{% endblock %} diff -r 3e4ac23938e1 -r cf1fdb254c41 manuals/help-manual/_templates/searchbox.html --- a/manuals/help-manual/_templates/searchbox.html Mon Sep 22 12:55:24 2014 +0200 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -{# - basic/searchbox.html - ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - - Sphinx sidebar template: quick search box. - - :copyright: Copyright 2007-2014 by the Sphinx team, see AUTHORS. - :license: BSD, see LICENSE for details. -#} -{%- if pagename != "search" and builder != "singlehtml" %} - -

- -{%- endif %} diff -r 3e4ac23938e1 -r cf1fdb254c41 manuals/help-manual/arbeitsweise.rst --- a/manuals/help-manual/arbeitsweise.rst Mon Sep 22 12:55:24 2014 +0200 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 @@ -1,29 +0,0 @@ -============ -Arbeitsweise -============ - -TrustBridge holt sich regelmäßig über das Internet -neue Vorschlagslisten per HTTPS. Die anzufragenden URLs sind -fest in der Anwendung eingebrannt, wie auch Zertifikate, um -zu prüfen, dass es sich wirklich um den echten Server handelt. - -ZUTUN - - -Wurzelzertifikate -================= -(auch Rootzertifikate genannt) sind die Basis -einer PKI zur Feststellung der Authentizität des -Kommunikationspartners und der Integrität seiner Nachrichten für -verschiedene Anwendungen -- insbesondere bei der Übertragung über -unsichere Kommunikationskanäle, wie dem Internet. - -Ein Wurzelzertifikat dient als Vertrauensanker ("Trust Anchor") für -alle darunter hängenden Zertifikate. Unterhalb der Wurzel folgt eine -Sicherheitskette ("Trust Chain") von ein oder mehreren -Zwischenzertifikaten der Zertifizierungsstellen, gefolgt von den -ausgestellten Zertifikaten für die Anwendungen. Die Zertifikate -sichern per Public-Key-Kryptoverfahren nach dem X.509-v3 Standard -beispielsweise TLS-Verbindungen von Webbrowser zu Webserver (HTTPS) -oder E-Mail-Klient zu E-Mail-Server (IMAPS). Ein weiteres Beispiel ist -die Ende-zu-Ende Absicherung von E-Mail per S/MIME-Standard. diff -r 3e4ac23938e1 -r cf1fdb254c41 manuals/help-manual/bedienung.rst --- a/manuals/help-manual/bedienung.rst Mon Sep 22 12:55:24 2014 +0200 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 @@ -1,103 +0,0 @@ -Die grafische Oberfläche -======================== - - -Die **TrustBridge-Oberfläche** gliedert sich in 3 Seiten, die über die -großen Schaltflächen an der linken Seite aufgerufen werden können: - -- **Neue Empfehlungen:** Alle verfügbaren Aktualisierungen und Änderungen werden hier bestätigt und installiert. -- **Empfohlene Wurzelzertifikate:** Alle Wurzelzertifikate, die TrustBridge zur Installation vorgeschlagen hat. -- **Abgeratene Wurzelzertifikate:** Alle Wurzelzertifikate, die TrustBridge zur Deinstallation empfohlen hat. - -.. figure:: _static/trustbridge-gui_win.png - :alt: Die TrustBridge-Oberfläche unter Windows bei verfügbaren Zertifikatsänderungen - :width: 100% - - -Seite "Neue Empfehlungen" -------------------------- - -Neue Zertifikatsänderungen schreiben: -..................................... -Sind neue Zertifikatsaktualisierungen vom BSI verfügbar, werden Sie -über die empfohlenen Änderungen auf dieser Seite informiert. Im Titel -finden Sie die Gesamtanzahl der vorgeschlagenen Zertifikatsänderungen. -Über den Button *[Änderungen schreiben]* können Sie diese Änderungen -vollständig übernehmen. - -Details zu den empfohlenen Zertifikaten (wie z.B. Zertifikatsinhaber, -Gültigkeit, Fingerabdruck) lassen sich im unteren Teil der Seite über -die beiden Gruppierungen mittels der *[Details]* Button einblenden: - -* Neue, empfohlene Wurzelzertifikate installieren (n/n) -* Abgeratene Wurzelzertifikate entfernen (n/n) - -An dieser Stelle haben Sie die Möglichkeit (*vor* dem Schreiben der -Änderungen) ausgewählte Zertifikate "abzuwählen". Dadurch werden diese -Zertifikate *nicht* installiert bzw. entfernt. Solche -Abwahlentscheidungen können Sie später jederzeit wieder auf den Seiten -"Empfohlene Wurzelzertifikate" und "Abgeratene Wurzelzertifikate" -korrigieren. - -Suche nach Aktualisierungen: -............................ -Beim Start der Anwendung wird automatisch nach neuen Aktualisierungen -(Software und Zertifikaten) gesucht. Über den Button *[Aktualisieren]* -kann diese Suche auch manuell angestoßen werden. Der letzte -Suchzeitpunkt wird daneben angezeigt. - -Wurzelzertifikate erneut schreiben: -................................... -Sind alle Zertifikatsänderungen eingespielt und liegen keine -Änderungen vor, können alle von TrustBridge verwalteten Zertifikate -noch einmal installiert werden. Dafür muss auf den Button -*[Wurzelzertifikate erneut schreiben]* geklickt werden. Hilfreich -könnte diese Funktion sein, wenn seit der letzten Aktualisierung durch -TrustBridge im Zertifikatsspeicher *manuell* Zertifikate geändert -wurden. Um den durch TrustBridge empfohlenen Stand wiederherzustellen, -klickt man einmal auf o.g. Schaltfläche. - - -Seite "Empfohlene Wurzelzertifikate" ------------------------------------- -Alle Wurzelzertifikate, die TrustBridge aktuell zur Installation -vorgeschlagen hat, sind auf dieser Seite einsehbar. Jedes Zertifikat -kann einzeln "abgewählt" werden, d.h. es wird mit der nächsten -*[Änderungen schreiben]*-Aktion entfernt. Bereits "abgewählte" -Zertifikate können analog so zur Installation markiert werden. - -Jede manuelle Änderung, die Sie hier vornehmen, wird auf der Seite -"Neue Empfehlungen" aufgelistet. Die Anzahl der "abweichend zu -behandelnden Wurzelzertifikate" wird auch auf der Schaltfläche "Neue -Empfehlungen" im roten Kreis angezeigt. - -**Achtung:** TrustBridge zeigt *nicht* den tatsächlichen -Installationszustand eines Zertifikats im Zertifikatsspeicher an. -TrustBridge selbst kann nur ausgewählte Zertifikate in alle -Zertifikatsspeicher "einspielen". Eine Kontrolle, dass in der -Zwischenzeit diese Zertifikate nicht verändert wurden, kann -TrustBridge nicht geben. - - -Seite "Abgeratene Wurzelzertifikate" ------------------------------------- -Alle Wurzelzertifikate, die TrustBridge zur Deinstallation -vorgeschlagen hat, werden auf dieser Seite aufgelistet. Bereits -deinstallierte Zertifikate lassen sich mit TrustBridge nicht mehr -installieren. - -Sollten Sie Zertifikate bei der Aktualisierung "zurückgehalten" haben, -d.h. noch nicht zur Deinstallation freigegeben haben, können Sie das -Zertifikat über das Auswahlfeld zur Deinstallation markieren. Damit -das Zertifikat endgültig aus allen Zertifikatsspeichern gelöscht wird -müssen Sie anschließend den *[Änderungen schreiben]*-Button auf der -Seite "Neue Empfehlungen" bestätigen. - - -Seite "Information und Hilfe" ------------------------------ -Neben der Erwähnung von Herstellers und Lizenz von TrustBridge finden -Sie hier die Möglichkeit: - -* diese TrustBridge-Hilfe zu starten und -* die Proxy-Server-Einstellungen vorzunehmen. diff -r 3e4ac23938e1 -r cf1fdb254c41 manuals/help-manual/conf.py --- a/manuals/help-manual/conf.py Mon Sep 22 12:55:24 2014 +0200 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 @@ -1,240 +0,0 @@ -# -*- coding: utf-8 -*- -# -# Dokumentationsvorlage documentation build configuration file, created by -# sphinx-quickstart on Fri Dec 14 12:07:59 2012. -# -# This file is execfile()d with the current directory set to its containing dir. -# -# Note that not all possible configuration values are present in this -# autogenerated file. -# -# All configuration values have a default; values that are commented out -# serve to show the default. - -import sys, os - -# If extensions (or modules to document with autodoc) are in another directory, -# add these directories to sys.path here. If the directory is relative to the -# documentation root, use os.path.abspath to make it absolute, like shown here. -#sys.path.insert(0, os.path.abspath('extensions')) - -# -- General configuration ----------------------------------------------------- - -# If your documentation needs a minimal Sphinx version, state it here. -#needs_sphinx = '1.0' - -# Add any Sphinx extension module names here, as strings. They can be extensions -# coming with Sphinx (named 'sphinx.ext.*') or your custom ones. -#extensions = [''] - -# Add any paths that contain templates here, relative to this directory. -templates_path = ['_templates'] - -# The suffix of source filenames. -source_suffix = '.rst' - -# The encoding of source files. -#source_encoding = 'utf-8-sig' - -# The master toctree document. -master_doc = 'index' - -# General information about the project. -project = u'TrustBridge-Hilfe' -#copyright = u'' - -# The version info for the project you're documenting, acts as replacement for -# |version| and |release|, also used in various other places throughout the -# built documents. -# -# The short X.Y version. -version = '1.0' -# The full version, including alpha/beta/rc tags. -release = '1.0' - -# The language for content autogenerated by Sphinx. Refer to documentation -# for a list of supported languages. -language = 'de' - -# There are two options for replacing |today|: either, you set today to some -# non-false value, then it is used: -#today = '' -# Else, today_fmt is used as the format for a strftime call. -#today_fmt = '%B %d, %Y' - -# List of patterns, relative to source directory, that match files and -# directories to ignore when looking for source files. -exclude_patterns = ['_build'] - -# The reST default role (used for this markup: `text`) to use for all documents. -#default_role = None - -# If true, '()' will be appended to :func: etc. cross-reference text. -#add_function_parentheses = True - -# If true, the current module name will be prepended to all description -# unit titles (such as .. function::). -#add_module_names = True - -# If true, sectionauthor and moduleauthor directives will be shown in the -# output. They are ignored by default. -#show_authors = False - -# The name of the Pygments (syntax highlighting) style to use. -pygments_style = 'sphinx' - -# A list of ignored prefixes for module index sorting. -#modindex_common_prefix = [] - - -# -- Options for HTML output --------------------------------------------------- - -# The theme to use for HTML and HTML Help pages. See the documentation for -# a list of builtin themes. -from better import better_theme_path -html_theme_path = [better_theme_path] -html_theme = 'better' - -# Theme options are theme-specific and customize the look and feel of a theme -# further. For a list of options available for each theme, see the -# documentation. -html_theme_options = { - 'linktotheme': False, - 'cssfiles': ['_static/extra-style.css'], -} - -# Add any paths that contain custom themes here, relative to this directory. -#html_theme_path = [] - -# The name for this set of Sphinx documents. If None, it defaults to -# " v documentation". -html_title = 'TrustBridge-Hilfe' - -# A shorter title for the navigation bar. Default is the same as html_title. -#html_short_title = 'Home' - -# The name of an image file (relative to this directory) to place at the top -# of the sidebar. -#html_logo = None - -# The name of an image file (within the static path) to use as favicon of the -# docs. This file should be a Windows icon file (.ico) being 16x16 or 32x32 -# pixels large. -#html_favicon = None - -# Add any paths that contain custom static files (such as style sheets) here, -# relative to this directory. They are copied after the builtin static files, -# so a file named "default.css" will overwrite the builtin "default.css". -html_static_path = ['_static'] - -# If not '', a 'Last updated on:' timestamp is inserted at every page bottom, -# using the given strftime format. -#html_last_updated_fmt = '%b %d, %Y' - -# If true, SmartyPants will be used to convert quotes and dashes to -# typographically correct entities. -#html_use_smartypants = True - -# Custom sidebar templates, maps document names to template names. -html_sidebars = { - '**': ['globaltoc.html', 'searchbox.html'], -} - -# Additional templates that should be rendered to pages, maps page names to -# template names. -#html_additional_pages = {} - -# If false, no module index is generated. -#html_domain_indices = True - -# If false, no index is generated. -#html_use_index = True - -# If true, the index is split into individual pages for each letter. -#html_split_index = False - -# If true, links to the reST sources are added to the pages. -#html_show_sourcelink = True - -# If true, "Created using Sphinx" is shown in the HTML footer. Default is True. -html_show_sphinx = False - -# If true, "(C) Copyright ..." is shown in the HTML footer. Default is True. -#html_show_copyright = True - -# If true, an OpenSearch description file will be output, and all pages will -# contain a tag referring to it. The value of this option must be the -# base URL from which the finished HTML is served. -#html_use_opensearch = '' - -# This is the file name suffix for HTML files (e.g. ".xhtml"). -#html_file_suffix = None - -# Output file base name for HTML help builder. -# htmlhelp_basename = '' - - -# -- Options for LaTeX output -------------------------------------------------- - -latex_elements = { -# The paper size ('letterpaper' or 'a4paper'). -'papersize': 'a4paper,oneside', - -# The font size ('10pt', '11pt' or '12pt'). -'pointsize': '11pt', - -# Additional stuff for the LaTeX preamble. -'preamble': - '\\usepackage{colortbl} '\ - '\\usepackage{booktabs} '\ - '\\usepackage{tabularx} '\ - '\\newcommand{\\projecttitle}{} '\ - '\\newcommand{\\documenttype}{TrustBridge-Benutzerdokumentation} '\ - '\\newcommand{\\documentdate}{12. August 2014} '\ - '\\newcommand{\\documentversion}{Version 0.1} '\ - '\\newcommand{\\customer}{BSI} '\ - '', - -'babel': '\usepackage[ngerman]{babel}', -'fncychap' : '', - -'maketitle': - # Titelseite - '\\includegraphics[height=2cm]{brieflogo-neu.png} \\\\[2.5cm] '\ - '{\\sffamily\\bfseries\\large \\projecttitle \\\\[0.5cm] '\ - '\\huge \\documenttype \\\\[2.5cm]'\ - '\\small \\documentdate, \\documentversion \\\\[2.5cm]'\ - '\\sffamily\\bfseries\\small '\ - 'Autor: Intevation GmbH\\\\[1.0cm] '\ - '} '\ - '', -} - -# Grouping the document tree into LaTeX files. List of tuples -# (source start file, target name, title, author, documentclass [howto/manual]). -latex_documents = [ - ('index', 'TrustBridge-Hilfe.tex', u'TrustBridge-Hilfe', - u'Intevation GmbH', 'manual'), -] - -latex_docclass = { 'manual': 'scrreprt', } - -# The name of an image file (relative to this directory) to place at the top of -# the title page. -#latex_logo = None - -# For "manual" documents, if this is true, then toplevel headings are parts, -# not chapters. -latex_use_parts = False - -# If true, show page references after internal links. -#latex_show_pagerefs = False - -# If true, show URL addresses after external links. -#latex_show_urls = False - -# Documents to append as an appendix to all manuals. -#latex_appendices = [] - -# If false, no module index is generated. -#latex_domain_indices = True diff -r 3e4ac23938e1 -r cf1fdb254c41 manuals/help-manual/conf.py.in --- a/manuals/help-manual/conf.py.in Mon Sep 22 12:55:24 2014 +0200 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 @@ -1,239 +0,0 @@ -# -*- coding: utf-8 -*- -# -# Dokumentationsvorlage documentation build configuration file, created by -# sphinx-quickstart on Fri Dec 14 12:07:59 2012. -# -# This file is execfile()d with the current directory set to its containing dir. -# -# Note that not all possible configuration values are present in this -# autogenerated file. -# -# All configuration values have a default; values that are commented out -# serve to show the default. - -import sys, os - -# If extensions (or modules to document with autodoc) are in another directory, -# add these directories to sys.path here. If the directory is relative to the -# documentation root, use os.path.abspath to make it absolute, like shown here. -#sys.path.insert(0, os.path.abspath('extensions')) - -# -- General configuration ----------------------------------------------------- - -# If your documentation needs a minimal Sphinx version, state it here. -#needs_sphinx = '1.0' - -# Add any Sphinx extension module names here, as strings. They can be extensions -# coming with Sphinx (named 'sphinx.ext.*') or your custom ones. -#extensions = [''] - -# Add any paths that contain templates here, relative to this directory. -templates_path = ['_templates'] - -# The suffix of source filenames. -source_suffix = '.rst' - -# The encoding of source files. -#source_encoding = 'utf-8-sig' - -# The master toctree document. -master_doc = 'index' - -# General information about the project. -project = u'TrustBridge-Hilfe' -copyright = u'2014, BSI' - -# The version info for the project you're documenting, acts as replacement for -# |version| and |release|, also used in various other places throughout the -# built documents. -# -# The short X.Y version. -version = '@HG_REVISION_TAG@' -# The full version, including alpha/beta/rc tags. -release = '@PROJECT_VERSION@' - -# The language for content autogenerated by Sphinx. Refer to documentation -# for a list of supported languages. -language = 'de' - -# There are two options for replacing |today|: either, you set today to some -# non-false value, then it is used: -#today = '' -# Else, today_fmt is used as the format for a strftime call. -#today_fmt = '%B %d, %Y' - -# List of patterns, relative to source directory, that match files and -# directories to ignore when looking for source files. -exclude_patterns = ['_build'] - -# The reST default role (used for this markup: `text`) to use for all documents. -#default_role = None - -# If true, '()' will be appended to :func: etc. cross-reference text. -#add_function_parentheses = True - -# If true, the current module name will be prepended to all description -# unit titles (such as .. function::). -#add_module_names = True - -# If true, sectionauthor and moduleauthor directives will be shown in the -# output. They are ignored by default. -#show_authors = False - -# The name of the Pygments (syntax highlighting) style to use. -pygments_style = 'sphinx' - -# A list of ignored prefixes for module index sorting. -#modindex_common_prefix = [] - - -# -- Options for HTML output --------------------------------------------------- - -# The theme to use for HTML and HTML Help pages. See the documentation for -# a list of builtin themes. -html_theme_path = ['@SPHINX_THEME_DIR@'] -html_theme = '@SPHINX_THEME@' - -# Theme options are theme-specific and customize the look and feel of a theme -# further. For a list of options available for each theme, see the -# documentation. -html_theme_options = { - 'linktotheme': False, - 'cssfiles': ['@HELP_MANUAL_IN@/_static/extra-style.css'], -} - -# Add any paths that contain custom themes here, relative to this directory. -#html_theme_path = [] - -# The name for this set of Sphinx documents. If None, it defaults to -# " v documentation". -html_title = 'TrustBridge-Hilfe' - -# A shorter title for the navigation bar. Default is the same as html_title. -html_short_title = 'Home' - -# The name of an image file (relative to this directory) to place at the top -# of the sidebar. -#html_logo = None - -# The name of an image file (within the static path) to use as favicon of the -# docs. This file should be a Windows icon file (.ico) being 16x16 or 32x32 -# pixels large. -#html_favicon = None - -# Add any paths that contain custom static files (such as style sheets) here, -# relative to this directory. They are copied after the builtin static files, -# so a file named "default.css" will overwrite the builtin "default.css". -html_static_path = ['@HELP_MANUAL_IN@/_static'] - -# If not '', a 'Last updated on:' timestamp is inserted at every page bottom, -# using the given strftime format. -#html_last_updated_fmt = '%b %d, %Y' - -# If true, SmartyPants will be used to convert quotes and dashes to -# typographically correct entities. -#html_use_smartypants = True - -# Custom sidebar templates, maps document names to template names. -html_sidebars = { - '**': ['globaltoc.html', 'searchbox.html'], -} - -# Additional templates that should be rendered to pages, maps page names to -# template names. -#html_additional_pages = {} - -# If false, no module index is generated. -#html_domain_indices = True - -# If false, no index is generated. -#html_use_index = True - -# If true, the index is split into individual pages for each letter. -#html_split_index = False - -# If true, links to the reST sources are added to the pages. -#html_show_sourcelink = True - -# If true, "Created using Sphinx" is shown in the HTML footer. Default is True. -html_show_sphinx = False - -# If true, "(C) Copyright ..." is shown in the HTML footer. Default is True. -#html_show_copyright = True - -# If true, an OpenSearch description file will be output, and all pages will -# contain a tag referring to it. The value of this option must be the -# base URL from which the finished HTML is served. -#html_use_opensearch = '' - -# This is the file name suffix for HTML files (e.g. ".xhtml"). -#html_file_suffix = None - -# Output file base name for HTML help builder. -# htmlhelp_basename = '' - - -# -- Options for LaTeX output -------------------------------------------------- - -latex_elements = { -# The paper size ('letterpaper' or 'a4paper'). -'papersize': 'a4paper,oneside', - -# The font size ('10pt', '11pt' or '12pt'). -'pointsize': '11pt', - -# Additional stuff for the LaTeX preamble. -'preamble': - '\\usepackage{colortbl} '\ - '\\usepackage{booktabs} '\ - '\\usepackage{tabularx} '\ - '\\newcommand{\\projecttitle}{} '\ - '\\newcommand{\\documenttype}{TrustBridge-Benutzerdokumentation} '\ - '\\newcommand{\\documentdate}{12. August 2014} '\ - '\\newcommand{\\documentversion}{Version 0.1} '\ - '\\newcommand{\\customer}{BSI} '\ - '', - -'babel': '\usepackage[ngerman]{babel}', -'fncychap' : '', - -'maketitle': - # Titelseite - '\\includegraphics[height=2cm]{brieflogo-neu.png} \\\\[2.5cm] '\ - '{\\sffamily\\bfseries\\large \\projecttitle \\\\[0.5cm] '\ - '\\huge \\documenttype \\\\[2.5cm]'\ - '\\small \\documentdate, \\documentversion \\\\[2.5cm]'\ - '\\sffamily\\bfseries\\small '\ - 'Autor: Intevation GmbH\\\\[1.0cm] '\ - '} '\ - '', -} - -# Grouping the document tree into LaTeX files. List of tuples -# (source start file, target name, title, author, documentclass [howto/manual]). -latex_documents = [ - ('index', 'TrustBridge-Hilfe.tex', u'TrustBridge-Hilfe', - u'Intevation GmbH', 'manual'), -] - -latex_docclass = { 'manual': 'scrreprt', } - -# The name of an image file (relative to this directory) to place at the top of -# the title page. -#latex_logo = None - -# For "manual" documents, if this is true, then toplevel headings are parts, -# not chapters. -latex_use_parts = False - -# If true, show page references after internal links. -#latex_show_pagerefs = False - -# If true, show URL addresses after external links. -#latex_show_urls = False - -# Documents to append as an appendix to all manuals. -#latex_appendices = [] - -# If false, no module index is generated. -#latex_domain_indices = True diff -r 3e4ac23938e1 -r cf1fdb254c41 manuals/help-manual/index.rst --- a/manuals/help-manual/index.rst Mon Sep 22 12:55:24 2014 +0200 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 @@ -1,60 +0,0 @@ -Inhaltsverzeichnis -================== - -.. toctree:: - :maxdepth: 2 - - installation - bedienung - arbeitsweise - techn-referenz - - -Was ist TrustBridge? -==================== -TrustBridge erleichtert Ihnen das Einpflegen von Wurzelzertifikaten -zur Absicherung von Kommunikation durch Verschlüsselung und Signaturen. -Dazu holt sich TrustBridge regelmäßig die Wurzelzertifikate, -welche von einer zentralen Stelle vorgeschlagen werden und bietet -Sie Ihnen zum Einfügen in den Zertifikatspeicher Ihres Rechners an. - -Über TrustBridge werden üblicherweise nur Zertifikate verteilt, -welche von Ihrem Betriebssystem nicht mitgeliefert werden. Sie können sich -dafür entscheiden nur einen Teil der Wurzelzertifikate zu übernehmen. -TrustBridge respektiert Ihre bisherigen Wurzelzertifikatsentscheidungen. - -Wenn ein früher vorschlagenes Wurzelzertifikat lange in Benutzung war -oder ein Problem damit bekannt wurde, empfiehlt TrustBridge -es wieder zu entfernen. Auch für diese Änderung holt sich TrustBridge -erst Ihre Erlaubnis. - -Wurzelzertifikate verwalten den Zugang zu Ihren Daten. -Verwenden Sie TrustBridge deshalb nur, wenn Sie der Organisation -vertrauen von der Sie die Software erhalten -und welche die Wurzelzertifikatsvorschläge pflegt. - -TrustBridge arbeitet im Hintergrund und meldet sich -bei Ihnen, wenn es etwas Neues gibt. - -TrustBridge ist eine Anwendung vom `Bundesamt für Sicherheit in der -Informationstechnik (BSI) `_ für die Verbreitung -von empfohlenen Wurzelzertifikaten. - -TrustBridge macht es Nutzern einfacher, Wurzelzertifikate für eine -X.509-basierende, öffentliche Zertifikatsinfrastruktur (PKI) -einzuspielen und aktuell zu halten. - - - -Impressum -========= - -Ausgabe 2014, Die Rechte liegen beim `Bundesamt für Sicherheit in der -Informationstechnik (BSI) `_. - -TrustBridge wurde von den Unternehmen `Intevation GmbH -`_ und `DN-Systems GmbH -`_ entwickelt, im Auftrag des BSIs. - -Diese TrustBridge-Hilfe ist unter der `Creative Commons CC BY-SA 3.0 -`_ lizensiert. diff -r 3e4ac23938e1 -r cf1fdb254c41 manuals/help-manual/installation.rst --- a/manuals/help-manual/installation.rst Mon Sep 22 12:55:24 2014 +0200 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 @@ -1,79 +0,0 @@ -Installation -============ - -TrustBridge bietet Installationspakete für die Plattformen Windows und GNU/Linux. -Offiziell unterstützt und geprüft sind Windows 7 und 8 sowie Ubuntu 14.04 -(jeweils 32 und 64 Bit). - -TrustBridge greift auf zwei gängige `Zertifikatsspeicher `_ zu, den Windows-System-Zertifikatsspeicher und den Mozilla-NSS-Zertifikatsspeicher. -Folgende Anwendungen nutzen diese Zertifikatsspeicher und werden von TrustBridge unterstützt: - -* Mozilla Firefox -* Mozilla Thunderbird -* Google Chrome / Chromium -* MS Internet Explorer -* MS Outlook - - -Windows -------- -Nach dem Start des Installationsassistenten TrustBridge-|version|.exe folgt ein -Begrüßungsdialog: - -.. figure:: _static/nsis-installer.png - :alt: Installationsassistent unter Windows - -Der Installationsdatei ist mit einem Code-Signing-Zertifikat signiert. - -Sie können TrustBridge **systemweit** (benötigt Administrator-Rechte) oder -**lokal** (nur für den aktuellen Nutzer) installieren. - -Sobald Sie den TrustBridge-Installer mit Administrator-Rechten ausführen (z.B. -als eingeloggter Admin) wird die Anwendung immer systemweit installiert. Das -bedeutet, dass jeder Nutzer auf dem System später die von TrustBridge -installierten Zertifikate nutzen kann. Der Administrator ist zuständig für die -regelmäßige Prüfung nach Aktualisierung von Software und Zertifikaten. - -Eine lokale Installation ermöglicht es Nutzern ohne Administrator-Rechte -TrustBridge selbständig zu installieren. Die Zertifikate werden dann später nur im -Zertifikatsspeicher des Nutzers abgelegt. - -Für die **Deinstallation** von TrustBridge gehen Sie über den üblichen Weg -der Windows-Systemsteuerung ("Programme deinstallieren") und folgen Sie den -Anweisungen des Deinstallationsassistenten. - - -Ubuntu ------- -Für die Installation von TrustBridge unter Ubuntu wird ein interaktives Installationsskript -für die Kommandozeile angeboten - jeweils ein Script für 32 und 64 Bit-Systeme. - -Führen Sie das Skript ohne Option aus, um TrustBridge **lokal** in Ihrem Home-Verzeichnis zu installieren -(standardmäßig unter ``/home/NUTZERNAME/TrustBridge/``). - -Für 64-Bit-Systeme: - -.. parsed-literal:: - bash TrustBridge-|version|-amd64.sh - -Für 32-Bit-Syteme: - -.. parsed-literal:: - bash TrustBridge-|version|-i386.sh - - -Sollten Sie eine **systemweite Installation** wünschen, nutzen Sie die Option ``-s``: - -.. parsed-literal:: - bash TrustBridge-|version|-amd64.sh -s # für 64-Bit - bash TrustBridge-|version|-i386.sh -s # für 32-Bit - - -Zur **Deinstallation** der Anwendung (mit allen Zertifikaten) steht Ihnen die Option ``-d`` zur Verfügung: - -.. parsed-literal:: - bash TrustBridge-|version|-amd64.sh -d # für 64-Bit - bash TrustBridge-|version|-i386.sh -d # für 32-Bit - - -Eine Hilfe zu den verfügbaren Kommandozeilenoptionen bietet Ihnen ``--help``. diff -r 3e4ac23938e1 -r cf1fdb254c41 manuals/help-manual/techn-referenz.rst --- a/manuals/help-manual/techn-referenz.rst Mon Sep 22 12:55:24 2014 +0200 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 @@ -1,170 +0,0 @@ -=================== -Technische Referenz -=================== - - -Welche Zertifikatsspeicher werden verwendet? -============================================ - -Damit Zertifikaten in Anwendungen (wie z.B. Browser oder E-Mail-Klient) -vertraut werden kann, müssen die zugehörigen Wurzelzertifikate in den passenden -Zertifikatsspeichern des Systems installiert werden. -TrustBridge übernimmt diesen Zugriff auf die Zertifikatsspeicher. - -Es gibt zwei gängige Zertifikatsspeicher, die von TrustBridge und den meisten -Anwendungen unterstützt werden: - -* der Mozilla NSS-Zertifikatsspeicher ("Network Security Services") und -* der Windows-System-Zertifikatsspeicher. - - -Chrome bzw. Chromium verwendet unter Windows den Windows-System-Speicher und unter -Ubuntu den NSS-Zertifikatsspeicher. Die nachfolgende Abbildung veranschaulicht -die verwendeten Zertifikatsspeicher unter Windows und GNU/Linux. - -.. figure:: _static/stores.png - :width: 100% - :alt: Übersicht der Zertifikatsspeicher - - *Abbildung 1: Übersicht der Zertifikatsspeicher* - -Windows-Zertifikatsspeicher ---------------------------- - -Der Windows 7 und 8 Zertifikatsspeicher kann in drei große Gruppen aufgeteilt werden: - -#. Zertifikate des aktuellen Benutzers -#. Zertifikate für alle Benutzer (Lokaler Computer) -#. Zertifikate für Systemdienste - -Diese Gruppen unterteilen sich wieder in eine Reihe von logischen Speichern. - -Für die Installation von vertrauenswürdigen Wurzelzertifikaten ist der -logische *Root*-Speicher relevant. Nur dort eingetragene Zertifikate -werden als *Trust Anchor* (Vertrauensanker) angesehen und zur -Validierung des Vertrauenspfads zu den weiteren Zertifikaten -verwendet. - -Der logische *Disallowed*-Speicher hat immer Vorrang. Befindet sich ein Zertifikat -sowohl im *Root* als auch im *Disallowed*-Speicher, gilt es als nicht vertrauenswürdig. - - -**Einschränkungen:** -Um unbefugte Manipulationen am Zertifikatsspeicher zu verhindern, werden von Microsoft -seit Windows XP SP2 folgende Schutzmaßnahmen vorgesehen: - -#. Um Zertifikate für alle Benutzer des lokalen Computers zu - bearbeiten, sind erhöhte Privilegien (Administrationsrechte) - erforderlich. -#. Änderungen (Löschen / Hinzufügen von Zertifikaten) am - *Root*-Speicher des aktuellen Nutzers erfordern die explizite - Einwilligung des Nutzers (siehe nachfolgende Abbildung), sofern der - Prozess keine erhöhten Privilegien besitzt. - - -.. figure:: _static/sicherheitswarnung.png - :alt: Windows-Sicherheitswarnung - - *Abbildung 2: Sicherheitswarnung beim Hinzufügen eines Wurzelzertifikats ohne Administrator-Rechte* - - - -Mozilla NSS-Zertifikatsspeicher -------------------------------- -Die Mozilla-Anwendungen Thunderbird und Firefox, sowie Chromium unter -Ubuntu, verwenden die Mozilla "Network Security -Services" (NSS) Zertifikatsspeicher. - -Mozilla liefert den NSS-Zertifikatsspeicher mit einer Auswahl von -voreingesetllten vertrauenswürdigen bzw. nicht -vertrauenswürdigen Zertifikaten aus. - -**Einschränkungen:** - -* Anwendungen, die den NSS-Zertifikatsspeicher verwenden, sollten vor dem Zugriff geschlossen - werden. -* Um den NSS-Speicher anderer Nutzer zu manipulieren, sind erhöhte Rechte nötig. -* Um den NSS-Standard für neue Profile vorzugeben, sind abhängig vom Installationsort - ggf. erhöhte Rechte nötig. - - - -Wie wird der Transport abgesichert? -=================================== -TrustBridge sucht regelmäßig (alle 24 Stunden) auf dem offiziellen TrustBridge-Update-Server -nach aktualisierten Zertifikatslisten und neuen Softwareversionen. - -Sämtliche Transportprozesse sind kryptografisch nach aktuellem Stand -der Technik gegen unbefugte Manipulationen (Authentizität und -Integrität) gesichert. Es gibt drei Transportwege, die abgesichert -werden müssen: - -#. Verfügbarkeit von Aktualisierungen prüfen: - Die regelmäßige Übertragung der Information, ob neue Aktualisierungen - von Zertifikatsliste oder Software verfügbar sind, wird über eine - HTTPS-Verbindung per TLS 1.2 (mit ECDSA brainpoolP256r1) durchgeführt. -#. Zertifikatslisten-Update durchführen: - Ist eine neue Zertifikatsliste verfügbar, wird die ganze Liste - gebündelt übertragen. Die Zertifikatslistendatei ist signiert (RSA 3076). - Vor einem Zertifikatslisten-Update wird sichergestellt, dass TrustBridge bereits in der - neusten Version installiert ist. -#. Software-Update durchführen: - Ist eine neue TrustBridge-Version verfügbar, kann diese mit einem - Klick auf eine entsprechende Meldung heruntergeladen und installiert - werden. Es wird eine vollständige TrustBridge-Installationsdatei übertragen - und im Hintergrund ausgeführt. Jede Software-Installationsdatei ist signiert. - Bei Fehlschlagen der Signaturprüfung (z.B. durch fehlerhaftes - Herunterladen) wird TrustBridge nicht aktualisiert. - - - -Wie sieht das Datenformat einer Zertifikatsliste aus? -===================================================== - -Die Zertifikatsliste ist eine einzelne Text-Datei, welche von der -TrustBridge-Verwaltungsanwendung erzeugt wird. Diese Datei enthält -alle benötigten Informationen und basiert auf einer zeilenbasierten -Textformat. Dabei bleibt die Struktur für Menschen lesbar und die -meisten Inhalte können mit Standardwerkzeugen sowohl de- als auch -enkodiert werden. - -In der ersten Zeile der Datei ist die Base64-kodierte, kryptografische -Signatur über alle folgenden Zeilen (inklusive der Zeilenenden) -angegeben. So wird die Integrität und Authentizität dieser Daten vor -der Verarbeitung gesichert. - -Einzelne Zeilen haben das Format ``:``, wobei -der Buchstabe angibt, welche Art von Wert folgt. Die Länge der Zeilen -ist (für Version 1) auf 9999 Zeichen begrenzt, inklusive der beiden -Zeichen für Zeilenenden. Die Anzahl der Zeilen ist auf 1000 -beschränkt, was einer Dateigröße von maximal 10 Megabyte entspricht. -(In der Praxis wird die Dateigröße aber deutlich unter 100 Kilobyte -liegen.) Der Text wird in 7Bit-ASCII kodiert. - -Die Zertifikate selbst werden als Base64- und DER-kodierte Daten -aufgeführt. Dies entspricht dem Inhalt gängiger .pem-Dateien - jedoch -ohne den umschließenden BEGIN CERTIFICATE und END CERTIFICATE sowie -ohne den Zeilenumbrüchen. - -Jede Zeile muss mit einem der folgenden gültigen Buchstaben beginnen: - -* ``S:`` Die Signatur der Zertifikatsliste. -* ``F:`` Format-Version -* ``D:`` Zeitpunkt der Listenerstellen (UTC) -* ``I:`` Zu installierendes Zertifikat -* ``R:`` Zu entfernendes Zertifikat - - -Im Folgenden ein Beispiel für den Aufbau der Zertifikatslisten-Datei -mit zwei zu installierenden Zertifikaten und einem zu löschenden -Zertifikat. Die Signatur- und Zertifikatszeilen sind, aus Gründen der -Übersichtlichkeit, in diesem Beispiel gekürzt: - -.. parsed-literal:: - S:EjzX0sTkstnnGbPIC7n1a5WlYCFsthPl8OYplLyihR1RdqcUsSnikrVowFo8QgpMutcz0... - F:1 - D:2014-01-03T12:30Z - I:MIIEiTCCA3GgAwIBAgIDAWn+MA0GCSqGSIb3DQBQUAMEAxCzAJBVBAYTAlVTMRcwFQYDV... - I:MIIHojCCBoqgAwIBAgIDAW96MA0GCSqGSIb3DQEBBQUAGMMQswCDVQQGEwJJTDEWMBQGA... - R:MIIGUjCCBTqgAwIBAgIODocAAQACqS54FrSbGvYwDQKoZIhvcNAQBQAwfDELMAkGA1UEB... - diff -r 3e4ac23938e1 -r cf1fdb254c41 manuals/requirements.txt --- a/manuals/requirements.txt Mon Sep 22 12:55:24 2014 +0200 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -Sphinx -sphinx-better-theme diff -r 3e4ac23938e1 -r cf1fdb254c41 manuals/theme/better/__init__.py --- a/manuals/theme/better/__init__.py Mon Sep 22 12:55:24 2014 +0200 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 @@ -1,3 +0,0 @@ -import os -better_theme_path = os.path.split(os.path.dirname(__file__))[0] -__version__ = '0.1.5' diff -r 3e4ac23938e1 -r cf1fdb254c41 manuals/theme/better/layout.html --- a/manuals/theme/better/layout.html Mon Sep 22 12:55:24 2014 +0200 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 @@ -1,95 +0,0 @@ -{%- extends "basic/layout.html" %} -{%- from "relbar.html" import relbar_top with context %} -{%- from "relbar.html" import relbar_bottom with context %} - -{#- ### head ### -#} - -{%- block extrahead %} - - {#- make mobile reasonable #} - - - {%- for css_file in theme_cssfiles %} - {%- if css_file.startswith('http') %} - - {%- else %} - - {%- endif %} - {%- endfor %} - - {%- for js_file in theme_scriptfiles %} - - {%- endfor %} - - {%- if theme_inlinecss %} - - {%- endif %} - - {%- block userhead %} - {%- endblock %} -{%- endblock %} - -{#- ### content ### -#} - -{%- block header %} - {%- if theme_showheader|tobool %} - - {%- endif %} -{%- endblock %} - -{%- block relbar1 -%}{{ relbar_top() }}{%- endblock -%} -{%- block relbar2 -%}{{ relbar_bottom() }}{%- endblock -%} - -{%- block footer %} -
- - {%- if show_copyright %} - {%- if hasdoc('copyright') %} - {% trans path=pathto('copyright'), copyright=copyright|e %} - © {{ copyright }} . - {% endtrans %} - {%- else %} - {%- trans copyright=copyright|e -%} - © {{ copyright }}. - {%- endtrans %} - {%- endif %} - {%- endif %} - - {%- if last_updated %} - {%- trans last_updated=last_updated|e -%} - Last updated on {{ last_updated }}. - {%- endtrans %} - {%- endif %} - - {%- if show_sphinx %} - Created using Sphinx - {{ sphinx_version }} - {%- if theme_linktotheme|tobool %} - with the - better theme - {%- endif %}. - {%- else %} - {%- if theme_linktotheme %} - This site uses the - - “better” - theme for Sphinx. - {%- endif %} - {%- endif %} - -
- - {% if theme_ga_ua %} - - {% endif %} -{%- endblock %} diff -r 3e4ac23938e1 -r cf1fdb254c41 manuals/theme/better/relbar.html --- a/manuals/theme/better/relbar.html Mon Sep 22 12:55:24 2014 +0200 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 @@ -1,52 +0,0 @@ -{%- macro rellink_markup() %} - -{%- endmacro %} - -{%- macro breadcrumbs_markup() %} - -{%- endmacro %} - -{%- macro relbar_top() %} - {%- if theme_showrelbartop|tobool %} -
- {{- rellink_markup () }} - {{- breadcrumbs_markup() }} -
- {%- endif %} -{%- endmacro %} - -{%- macro relbar_bottom() %} - {%- if theme_showrelbarbottom|tobool %} -
- {{- rellink_markup () }} - {{- breadcrumbs_markup() }} -
- {%- endif %} -{%- endmacro %} diff -r 3e4ac23938e1 -r cf1fdb254c41 manuals/theme/better/searchbox.html --- a/manuals/theme/better/searchbox.html Mon Sep 22 12:55:24 2014 +0200 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -{%- if pagename != "search" %} -
- - {#- I have not been able to make this look good. #} - {#- #} - - -
- -{%- endif %} diff -r 3e4ac23938e1 -r cf1fdb254c41 manuals/theme/better/static/better.css_t --- a/manuals/theme/better/static/better.css_t Mon Sep 22 12:55:24 2014 +0200 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 @@ -1,324 +0,0 @@ -@import url("better_basic.css"); - -{% set theme_headtextcolor = theme_headtextcolor or theme_textcolor %} -{% set theme_footertextcolor = theme_footertextcolor or theme_textcolor %} - -/* main styles */ - -body { - font-family: "Helvetica Neue", Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; - font-size: 100%; - color: {{ theme_textcolor }}; - margin: 0; - padding: 0; - line-height: 135%; -} - -a { - color: #008; - text-decoration: none; -} - -a:visited { - color: #208; - text-decoration: none; -} - -a:hover { - text-decoration: underline; -} - -a.toc-backref { - color: {{ theme_headtextcolor }}; -} - -p { - margin: 1rem 0; -} - -h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { - margin-top: 1em; - margin-bottom: 0.5em; - color: {{ theme_headtextcolor }}; - line-height: 135%; -} - -.body .section:first-child > :first-child, -.sphinxsidebarwrapper > :first-child, -.sphinxsidebar .search:first-child -{ - margin-top: 1rem; -} - -h1 { font-size: 1.5rem; font-weight: bold; } -h2 { font-size: 1.5rem; font-weight: normal; } -h3 { font-size: 1.25rem; font-weight: bold; } -h4 { font-size: 1.25rem; font-weight: normal; } -h5 { font-size: 1rem; font-weight: bold; } -h6 { font-size: 1rem; font-weight: normal; } - -/* page-level layout of containers */ - -header#pageheader, footer#pagefooter, .related, .document { - width: 100%; - max-width: 60rem; - margin: auto; -} - -.documentwrapper { - float: left; - width: 100%; -} - -.bodywrapper { - {% if theme_rightsidebar|tobool -%} - margin: 0 {{ theme_sidebarwidth }} 0 0; - {%- else -%} - margin: 0 0 0 {{ theme_sidebarwidth }}; - {%- endif %} -} - -footer#pagefooter, footer#pagefooter a { - color: {{ theme_footertextcolor }}; -} - - -footer#pagefooter { - padding-top: 2rem; - padding-bottom: 2rem; - text-align: center; -} - -footer#pagefooter a { - text-decoration: underline; -} - -/* header styles */ - -body > header h1 a, body > header h1 a:visited { - color: {{ theme_headtextcolor }}; -} - -a.headerlink { - font-size: 0.8em; - padding: 0 4px 0 4px; - text-decoration: none; -} - -/* code styles */ - -pre, tt { - background-color: #eee; - color: #333; -} - -pre { - font-family: Monaco, Consolas, "Lucida Console", monospace; - margin: 1rem -5px; - padding: 5px; - border-left: none; - border-right: none; - font-size: 0.8rem; - line-height: 1rem; -} - -tt { - padding: 0 1px 0 1px; - font-family: Consolas, Monaco, monospace; -} - -/* API doc styles */ - -dl.function, -dl.class, -dl.method, -dl.attribute, -dl.data, -dl.classmethod { - margin-bottom: 2rem; -} - -/* relbar */ - -.related { - line-height: 30px; - width: 100%; - font-size: 0.9rem; -} - -.related.top { - border-bottom: 1px solid #aaa; -} - -.related.bottom { - border-top: 1px solid #aaa; -} - -.related ul { - padding: 0; - margin: 0; - list-style: none; -} - -.related li { - display: inline; -} - -nav#rellinks { - float: right; -} - -nav#rellinks li+li:before { - content: "|"; -} - -nav#breadcrumbs li+li:before { - content: "\00BB"; -} - -/* sidebar */ - -.sphinxsidebarwrapper { - padding: 0 1rem 0 0; -} - -.sphinxsidebar { - width: {{ theme_sidebarwidth }}; - margin-left: -100%; - font-size: 0.9rem; - {%- if theme_rightsidebar|tobool %} - float: right; - {%- else %} - float: left; - {%- endif %} -} - -.sphinxsidebar h3 a { - color: {{ theme_headtextcolor }}; -} - -.sphinxsidebar p.topless { - margin: 5px 10px 10px 10px; -} - -.sphinxsidebar ul { - margin: 0; - padding: 0; - margin-bottom: 1rem; - list-style: none; -} - -.sphinxsidebar ul ul, -.sphinxsidebar ul.want-points { - margin-left: 20px; - list-style: square; -} - -.sphinxsidebar ul ul { - margin-top: 0; - margin-bottom: 0; -} - -.sphinxsidebar input { - box-sizing: border-box; - -moz-box-sizing: border-box; - -webkit-box-sizing: border-box; - height: 1.5rem; - font-size: 0.9rem; - margin: 0; - - background-color: white; - border: 1px solid #ccc; - color: #555; -} - -.sphinxsidebar .search { - margin-top: 2rem; -} - -.sphinxsidebar .search input[type=text] { - {#- width: calc({{ theme_sidebarwidth }} - 5rem); #} - {#- width: -webkit-calc({{ theme_sidebarwidth }} - 5rem); #} - width: 90%; - display: inline-block; -} - -.sphinxsidebar .search input[type=submit] { - width: 4rem; - display: inline-block; -} - -/* paragraph-level markup */ - -.admonition p.admonition-title + p { - display: inline; -} - -.admonition p { - margin-bottom: 5px; -} - -.admonition pre { - margin-bottom: 5px; -} - -.admonition ul, .admonition ol { - margin-bottom: 5px; -} - -p.admonition-title { - display: inline; - margin-right: 0; -} - -p.admonition-title:after { - content: ":"; -} - -.note { - background-color: #eee; - border: 1px solid #ccc; -} - -.seealso { - background-color: #ffc; - border: 1px solid #ff6; -} - -.topic { - background-color: #eee; -} - -.warning { - background-color: #ffe4e4; - border: 1px solid #f66; -} - -.warning tt { - background: #efc2c2; -} - -.note tt { - background: #d6d6d6; -} - -.viewcode-block:target { - background-color: #f4debf; - border-top: 1px solid #ac9; - border-bottom: 1px solid #ac9; -} - -/* responsive styles */ - -@media (max-width: 820px) { - /* kill the sidebar */ - .bodywrapper { margin: 0; } - .sphinxsidebar { - display: none; - } - header#pageheader, footer#pagefooter, .related, .document { - margin: 0 1rem; - width: calc(100% - 2rem); - width: -webkit-calc(100% - 2rem); - } -} diff -r 3e4ac23938e1 -r cf1fdb254c41 manuals/theme/better/static/better_basic.css_t --- a/manuals/theme/better/static/better_basic.css_t Mon Sep 22 12:55:24 2014 +0200 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 @@ -1,455 +0,0 @@ -/* basic.css_t from Sphinx project modified for sphinx-better-theme */ - -/* -- main layout ----------------------------------------------------------- */ - -div.clearer { - clear: both; -} - -/* -- search page ----------------------------------------------------------- */ - -ul.search { - margin: 10px 0 0 20px; - padding: 0; -} - -ul.search li { - padding: 5px 0 5px 20px; - background-image: url(file.png); - background-repeat: no-repeat; - background-position: 0 7px; -} - -ul.search li a { - font-weight: bold; -} - -ul.search li div.context { - color: #888; - margin: 2px 0 0 30px; - text-align: left; -} - -ul.keywordmatches li.goodmatch a { - font-weight: bold; -} - -/* -- index page ------------------------------------------------------------ */ - -table.contentstable { - width: 90%; -} - -table.contentstable p.biglink { - line-height: 150%; -} - -a.biglink { - font-size: 1.3em; -} - -span.linkdescr { - font-style: italic; - padding-top: 5px; - font-size: 90%; -} - -/* -- general index --------------------------------------------------------- */ - -table.indextable { - width: 100%; -} - -table.indextable td { - text-align: left; - vertical-align: top; -} - -table.indextable dl, table.indextable dd { - margin-top: 0; - margin-bottom: 0; -} - -table.indextable tr.pcap { - height: 10px; -} - -table.indextable tr.cap { - margin-top: 10px; - background-color: #f2f2f2; -} - -img.toggler { - margin-right: 3px; - margin-top: 3px; - cursor: pointer; -} - -div.modindex-jumpbox { - border-top: 1px solid #ddd; - border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd; - margin: 1em 0 1em 0; - padding: 0.4em; -} - -div.genindex-jumpbox { - border-top: 1px solid #ddd; - border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd; - margin: 1em 0 1em 0; - padding: 0.4em; -} - -/* -- general body styles --------------------------------------------------- */ - -a.headerlink { - visibility: hidden; -} - -h1:hover > a.headerlink, -h2:hover > a.headerlink, -h3:hover > a.headerlink, -h4:hover > a.headerlink, -h5:hover > a.headerlink, -h6:hover > a.headerlink, -dt:hover > a.headerlink { - visibility: visible; -} - -div.body p.caption { - text-align: inherit; -} - -div.body td { - text-align: left; -} - -.field-list ul { - padding-left: 1em; -} - -.first { - margin-top: 0 !important; -} - -p.rubric { - margin-top: 30px; - font-weight: bold; -} - -img.align-left, .figure.align-left, object.align-left { - clear: left; - float: left; - margin-right: 1em; -} - -img.align-right, .figure.align-right, object.align-right { - clear: right; - float: right; - margin-left: 1em; -} - -img.align-center, .figure.align-center, object.align-center { - display: block; - margin-left: auto; - margin-right: auto; -} - -.align-left { - text-align: left; -} - -.align-center { - text-align: center; -} - -.align-right { - text-align: right; -} - -/* -- sidebars -------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -div.sidebar { - margin: 0 0 0.5em 1em; - border: 1px solid #ddb; - padding: 7px 7px 0 7px; - background-color: #ffe; - width: 40%; - float: right; -} - -p.sidebar-title { - font-weight: bold; -} - -/* -- topics ---------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -div.topic { - border: 1px solid #ccc; - padding: 7px 7px 0 7px; - margin: 10px 0 10px 0; -} - -p.topic-title { - font-size: 1.1em; - font-weight: bold; - margin-top: 10px; -} - -/* -- admonitions ----------------------------------------------------------- */ - -div.admonition { - margin-top: 10px; - margin-bottom: 10px; - padding: 7px; -} - -div.admonition dt { - font-weight: bold; -} - -div.admonition dl { - margin-bottom: 0; -} - -p.admonition-title { - margin: 0px 10px 5px 0px; - font-weight: bold; -} - -div.body p.centered { - text-align: center; - margin-top: 25px; -} - -/* -- tables ---------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -table.docutils { - border: 0; - border-collapse: collapse; -} - -table.docutils td, table.docutils th { - padding: 1px 8px 1px 5px; - border-top: 0; - border-left: 0; - border-right: 0; - border-bottom: 1px solid #aaa; -} - -table.field-list td, table.field-list th { - border: 0 !important; -} - -table.footnote td, table.footnote th { - border: 0 !important; -} - -th { - text-align: left; - padding-right: 5px; -} - -table.citation { - border-left: solid 1px gray; - margin-left: 1px; -} - -table.citation td { - border-bottom: none; -} - -/* -- other body styles ----------------------------------------------------- */ - -ol.arabic { - list-style: decimal; -} - -ol.loweralpha { - list-style: lower-alpha; -} - -ol.upperalpha { - list-style: upper-alpha; -} - -ol.lowerroman { - list-style: lower-roman; -} - -ol.upperroman { - list-style: upper-roman; -} - -dl { - margin-bottom: 15px; -} - -dd p { - margin-top: 0px; -} - -dd ul, dd table { - margin-bottom: 10px; -} - -dd { - margin-top: 3px; - margin-bottom: 10px; - margin-left: 30px; -} - -dt:target, .highlighted { - background-color: #fbe54e; -} - -dl.glossary dt { - font-weight: bold; - font-size: 1.1em; -} - -.field-list ul { - margin: 0; - padding-left: 1em; -} - -.field-list p { - margin: 0; -} - -.refcount { - color: #060; -} - -.optional { - font-size: 1.3em; -} - -.versionmodified { - font-style: italic; -} - -.system-message { - background-color: #fda; - padding: 5px; - border: 3px solid red; -} - -.footnote:target { - background-color: #ffa; -} - -.line-block { - display: block; - margin-top: 1em; - margin-bottom: 1em; -} - -.line-block .line-block { - margin-top: 0; - margin-bottom: 0; - margin-left: 1.5em; -} - -.guilabel, .menuselection { - font-family: sans-serif; -} - -.accelerator { - text-decoration: underline; -} - -.classifier { - font-style: oblique; -} - -abbr, acronym { - border-bottom: dotted 1px; - cursor: help; -} - -/* -- code displays --------------------------------------------------------- */ - -pre { - overflow: auto; - overflow-y: hidden; /* fixes display issues on Chrome browsers */ -} - -td.linenos pre { - padding: 5px 0px; - border: 0; - background-color: transparent; - color: #aaa; -} - -table.highlighttable { - margin-left: 0.5em; -} - -table.highlighttable td { - padding: 0 0.5em 0 0.5em; -} - -tt.descname { - background-color: transparent; - font-weight: bold; - font-size: 1.2em; -} - -tt.descclassname { - background-color: transparent; -} - -tt.xref, a tt { - background-color: transparent; - font-weight: bold; -} - -h1 tt, h2 tt, h3 tt, h4 tt, h5 tt, h6 tt { - background-color: transparent; -} - -.viewcode-link { - float: right; -} - -.viewcode-back { - float: right; - font-family: sans-serif; -} - -div.viewcode-block:target { - margin: -1px -10px; - padding: 0 10px; -} - -/* -- math display ---------------------------------------------------------- */ - -img.math { - vertical-align: middle; -} - -div.body div.math p { - text-align: center; -} - -span.eqno { - float: right; -} - -/* -- printout stylesheet --------------------------------------------------- */ - -@media print { - div.document, - div.documentwrapper, - div.bodywrapper { - margin: 0 !important; - width: 100%; - } - - div.sphinxsidebar, - div.related, - div.footer, - #top-link { - display: none; - } -} diff -r 3e4ac23938e1 -r cf1fdb254c41 manuals/theme/better/theme.conf --- a/manuals/theme/better/theme.conf Mon Sep 22 12:55:24 2014 +0200 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 @@ -1,28 +0,0 @@ -[theme] -inherit = basic -stylesheet = better.css -pygments_style = sphinx - -[options] -rightsidebar = false -inlinecss = -cssfiles = -scriptfiles = -ga_ua = -ga_domain = - -showrelbartop = true -showrelbarbottom = true -showheader = true -linktotheme = true - -# css shortcuts that should decrease as the markup improves - -## page width is determined by CSS -sidebarwidth = 15rem - -## headtextcolor (color of h* tags) and footertextcolor default to the value -## of textcolor -textcolor = #000000 -headtextcolor = -footertextcolor =